#
6f0107d1 |
|
28-Feb-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: introduce a feature flag for quiet in CSA When doing CSA in multi-link, there really isn't a need to stop transmissions entirely. Add a feature flag for drivers to indicate they can handle quiet in CSA (be it by parsing themselves, or by implementing drv_pre_channel_switch()), to make that possible. Also clean up the csa_block_tx handling: it clearly cannot handle multi-link due to the way queues are stopped, move it to the sdata. Drivers should be doing it themselves for working properly during CSA in MLO anyway. Also rename it to indicate that it reflects TX was blocked at mac80211. Reviewed-by: Miriam Rachel Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240228095719.258439191541.I2469d206e2bf5cb244cfde2b4bbc2ae6d1cd3dd9@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ec67d6e0 |
|
05-Feb-2024 |
Aditya Kumar Singh <quic_adisi@quicinc.com> |
wifi: mac80211: flush only stations using requests links Whenever sta_flush() function is invoked, all STAs present in that interface are flushed. In case of MLO, it is desirable to only flush such STAs that are at least using a given link id as one of their links. Add support for this by making change in the __sta_info_flush API argument to accept a link ID. And then, only if the STA is using the given link as one of its links, it would be flushed. Signed-off-by: Aditya Kumar Singh <quic_adisi@quicinc.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240205162952.1697646-3-quic_adisi@quicinc.com [reword commit message, in particular this isn't about "active" links] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6092077a |
|
29-Jan-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: introduce 'channel request' For channel contexts, mac80211 currently uses the cfg80211 chandef struct (control channel, center freq(s), width) to define towards drivers and internally how these behave. In fact, there are _two_ such structs used, where the min_def can reduce bandwidth according to the stations connected. Unfortunately, with EHT this is longer be sufficient, at least not for all hardware. EHT requires that non-AP STAs that are connected to an AP with a lower bandwidth than it (the AP) advertises (e.g. 160 MHz STA connected to 320 MHz AP) still be able to receive downlink OFDMA and respond to trigger frames for uplink OFDMA that specify the position and bandwidth for the non-AP STA relative to the channel the AP is using. Therefore, they need to be aware of this, and at least for some hardware (e.g. Intel) this awareness is in the hardware. As a result, use of the "same" channel may need to be split over two channel contexts where they differ by the AP being used. As a first step, introduce a concept of a channel request ('chanreq') for each interface, to control the context it requests. This step does nothing but reorganise the code, so that later the AP's chandef can be added to the request in order to handle the EHT case described above. Link: https://msgid.link/20240129194108.2e88e48bd2e9.I4256183debe975c5ed71621611206fdbb69ba330@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0a44dfc0 |
|
29-Jan-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: simplify non-chanctx drivers There are still surprisingly many non-chanctx drivers, but in mac80211 that code is a bit awkward. Simplify this by having those drivers assign 'emulated' ops, so that the mac80211 code can be more unified between non-chanctx/chanctx drivers. This cuts the number of places caring about it by about 15, which are scattered across - now they're fewer and no longer in the channel context handling. Link: https://msgid.link/20240129194108.6d0ead50f5cf.I60d093b2fc81ca1853925a4d0ac3a2337d5baa5b@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f7660b3f |
|
02-Jan-2024 |
Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add support for negotiated TTLM request Update neg_ttlm and active_links according to the new mapping, and send a negotiated TID-to-link map request with the new mapping. Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240102213313.eeb385d771df.I2a5441c14421de884dbd93d1624ce7bb2c944833@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8f500fbc |
|
02-Jan-2024 |
Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: process and save negotiated TID to Link mapping request An MLD may send TID-to-Link mapping request frame to negotiate TID to link mapping with a peer MLD. Support handling negotiated TID-to-Link mapping request frame by parsing the frame, asking the driver whether it supports the received mapping or not, and sending a TID-to-Link mapping response to the AP MLD. Theoretically, links that became inactive due to the received TID-to-Link mapping request, can be selected to be activated but this would require tearing down the negotiated TID-to-Link mapping, which is still not supported. Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240102213313.0bc1a24fcc9d.Ie72e47dc6f8c77d4a2f0947b775ef6367fe0edac@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
733c498a |
|
29-Jan-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: fix driver debugfs for vif type change If a driver implements the change_interface() method, we switch interface type without taking the interface down, but still will recreate the debugfs for it since it's a new type. As such, we should use the ieee80211_debugfs_recreate_netdev() function here to also recreate the driver's files, if it is indeed from a type change while up. Link: https://msgid.link/20240129155402.7311a36ffeeb.I18df02bbeb685d4250911de5ffbaf090f60c3803@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
74a7c93f |
|
11-Oct-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: fix change_address deadlock during unregister When using e.g. bonding, and doing a sequence such as # iw wlan0 set type __ap # ip link add name bond1 type bond # ip link set wlan0 master bond1 # iw wlan0 interface del we deadlock, since the wlan0 interface removal will cause bonding to reset the MAC address of wlan0. The locking would be somewhat difficult to fix, but since this only happens during removal, we can simply ignore the MAC address change at this time. Reported-by: syzbot+25b3a0b24216651bc2af@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231012123447.9f9d7fd1f237.Ic3a5ef4391b670941a69cec5592aefc79d9c2890@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c942398f |
|
28-Sep-2023 |
Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: handle debugfs when switching to/from MLO In MLO, we have a per-link debugfs directory which contains the per-link files. In case of non-MLO we would like to put the per-link files in the netdev directory to keep it how it was before MLO. - Upon interface creation the netdev will be created with the per-link files in it. - Upon switching to MLO: delete the entire netdev directory and then recreate it without the per-link files. Then the per-link directories with the per-link files in it will be created in ieee80211_link_init() - Upon switching to non-MLO: delete the entire netdev directory (including the per-link directories) and recreate it with the per-link files in it. Note that this also aligns to always call the vif link debugfs method for the deflink as promised in the documentation, which wasn't done before. Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230928172905.082e698caca9.I5bef7b2026e0f58b4a958b3d1f459ac5baeccfc9@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b7600aae |
|
29-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: fix TXQ error path and cleanup We currently call ieee80211_txq_teardown_flows() as part of ieee80211_remove_interfaces(), but that's not really right in case of HW registration failures, specifically rate control. Call it separately to fix that issue. Reported-by: Zhengchao Shao <shaozhengchao@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
076fc877 |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: remove wdev mutex Since we're now protecting everything with the wiphy mutex (and were really using it for almost everything before), there's no longer any real reason to have a separate wdev mutex. It may feel better, but really has no value. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a7614b48 |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: set wiphy for virtual monitors Drivers might plausibly want to have this, but also the locking assertions will need it later. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
be0df01d |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: reduce iflist_mtx We now hold the wiphy mutex everywhere that we use or needed the iflist_mtx, so we don't need this mutex any more in mac80211. However, drivers may also iterate, and in some cases (e.g. mt76) do so from high-priority contexts. Thus, keep the mutex around but remove its usage in mac80211 apart from those driver-visible parts that are still needed. Most of this change was done automatically with spatch, with the parts that are still needed as described above reverted manually. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0cd8080e |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: remove local->mtx We now hold the wiphy mutex everywhere that we use or needed the local->mtx, so we don't need this mutex any more. Remove it. Most of this change was done automatically with spatch. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5435af6e |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: remove chanctx_mtx We now hold the wiphy mutex everywhere that we use or needed the chanctx_mtx, so we don't need this mutex any more. Remove it. Most of this change was done automatically with spatch. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2a8b665e |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: remove key_mtx We now hold the wiphy mutex everywhere that we use or needed the key_mtx, so we don't need this mutex any more. Remove it. Most of this change was done automatically with spatch. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4d3acf43 |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: remove sta_mtx We now hold the wiphy mutex everywhere that we use or needed the sta_mtx, so we don't need this mutex any more. Remove it. Most of this change was done automatically with spatch. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a26787aa |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: take wiphy lock for MAC addr change We want to ensure everything holds the wiphy lock, so also extend that to the MAC change callback. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
332e68bc |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: extend wiphy lock in interface removal We want to extend the wiphy locking to the interface list, so move that into the section locked with the wiphy lock. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7a53b71d |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: hold wiphy_lock around concurrency checks We want to replace the locking in mac80211 by just the wiphy mutex, so hold the lock here around concurrency checks for the future where the chanctx_mtx used inside goes away. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b38579ae |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: move color change finalize to wiphy work Again this should be per link and will get cancellation issues, move it to a wiphy work. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d7074be6 |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: move CSA finalize to wiphy work This work should be made per link as well, and then will have cancellation issues. Moving it to a wiphy work already fixes those beforehand. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a6add8be |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: move filter reconfig to wiphy work This again is intended for future cleanups that are possible when mac80211 and drivers can assume the wiphy is locked. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e3208fb7 |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: move key tailroom work to wiphy work This way we hold the wiphy mutex there, as a step towards removing some of the additional locks we have. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9fa659f9 |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: move dynamic PS to wiphy work Along with everything else, move the dynamic PS work to be a wiphy work, to simplify locking later. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7206a948 |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: move link activation work to wiphy work We want to have the wiphy locked for these as well, so move it to be a wiphy work. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
730538ed |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: lock wiphy in IP address notifier Lock the wiphy in the IP address notifier as another place that should have it locked before calling into the driver. This needs a bit of attention since the notifier can be called while the wiphy is already locked, when we remove an interface. Handle this by not running the notifier in this case, and instead calling out to the driver directly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
20171251 |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: move scan work to wiphy work Move the scan work to wiphy work, which also simplifies the way we handle the work vs. the scan configuration. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
766d2601 |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: move DFS CAC work to wiphy work Move the DFS CAC work over to hold the wiphy lock there without worry about work cancellation. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e3640a82 |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: fix SMPS status handling The current SMPS status handling isn't per link, so we only ever change the deflink, which is obviously wrong, it's not even used for multi-link connections, but the request API actually includes the link ID. Use the new status_data changes to move the handling to the right link, this also saves parsing the frame again on the status report, instead we can now check only if it was an SMPS frame. Of course, move the worker to be a wiphy work so that we're able to cancel it safely for the link. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4484de23 |
|
19-Jun-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: always hold sdata lock in chanctx assign/unassign Due to all the multi-link handling, we now expose the fact that the sdata/vif is locked to drivers, e.g. when the driver uses ieee80211_set_monitor_channel(). This was true when a chanctx is added to or removed from a link, _except_ in monitor mode with the virtual sdata/vif. Change that, so that drivers can make that assumption. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230619161906.a5cf7534beda.I5b51664231abee27e02f222083df7ccf88722929@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f1871abd |
|
08-Jun-2023 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: Add getter functions for vif MLD state As a preparation to support disabled/dormant links, add the following function: - ieee80211_vif_usable_links(): returns the bitmap of the links that can be activated. Use this function in all the places that the bitmap of the usable links is needed. - ieee80211_vif_is_mld(): returns true iff the vif is an MLD. Use this function in all the places where an indication that the connection is a MLD is needed. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230608163202.86e3351da1fc.If6fe3a339fda2019f13f57ff768ecffb711b710a@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a3df43b1 |
|
06-Jun-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: unregister netdevs through cfg80211 Since we want to have wiphy_lock() for the unregistration in the future, unregister also netdevs via cfg80211 now to be able to hold the wiphy_lock() for it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
16114496 |
|
06-Jun-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: use wiphy work for sdata->work We'll need this later to convert other works that might be cancelled from here, so convert this one first. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c4fdb081 |
|
03-Jun-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: stop warning after reconfig failures If we have a reconfig failure in the driver, then we need to shut down the network interface(s) at the network stack level through cfg80211, which can result in a lot of those "Failed check-sdata-in-driver check, ..." warnings, since interfaces are considered to not be in the driver when the reconfiguration fails, but we still need to go through all the shutdown flow. Avoid many of these warnings by storing the fact that the stack experienced a reconfiguration failure and not doing the warning in that case. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230604120651.3750c4ae6e76.I9e80d6026f59263c008a1a68f6cd6891ca0b93b0@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
15ddba5f |
|
03-Jun-2023 |
Anjaneyulu <pagadala.yesu.anjaneyulu@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: consistently use u64 for BSS changes Currently, enum ieee80211_bss_change has more than 32 flags. Change the type of the corresponding variables from u32 to u64. Signed-off-by: Anjaneyulu <pagadala.yesu.anjaneyulu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230604120651.10354a05eaf1.If19359262fe2728dd523ea6d7c3aa7dc50940411@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
61587f15 |
|
21-Mar-2023 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: mac80211: add support for letting drivers register tc offload support On newer MediaTek SoCs (e.g. MT7986), WLAN->WLAN or WLAN->Ethernet flows can be offloaded by the SoC. In order to support that, the .ndo_setup_tc op is needed. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230321091248.30947-1-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
80f8a66d |
|
12-Jan-2023 |
Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> |
Revert "wifi: mac80211: fix memory leak in ieee80211_if_add()" This reverts commit 13e5afd3d773c6fc6ca2b89027befaaaa1ea7293. ieee80211_if_free() is already called from free_netdev(ndev) because ndev->priv_destructor == ieee80211_if_free syzbot reported: general protection fault, probably for non-canonical address 0xdffffc0000000004: 0000 [#1] PREEMPT SMP KASAN KASAN: null-ptr-deref in range [0x0000000000000020-0x0000000000000027] CPU: 0 PID: 10041 Comm: syz-executor.0 Not tainted 6.2.0-rc2-syzkaller-00388-g55b98837e37d #0 Hardware name: Google Google Compute Engine/Google Compute Engine, BIOS Google 10/26/2022 RIP: 0010:pcpu_get_page_chunk mm/percpu.c:262 [inline] RIP: 0010:pcpu_chunk_addr_search mm/percpu.c:1619 [inline] RIP: 0010:free_percpu mm/percpu.c:2271 [inline] RIP: 0010:free_percpu+0x186/0x10f0 mm/percpu.c:2254 Code: 80 3c 02 00 0f 85 f5 0e 00 00 48 8b 3b 48 01 ef e8 cf b3 0b 00 48 ba 00 00 00 00 00 fc ff df 48 8d 78 20 48 89 f9 48 c1 e9 03 <80> 3c 11 00 0f 85 3b 0e 00 00 48 8b 58 20 48 b8 00 00 00 00 00 fc RSP: 0018:ffffc90004ba7068 EFLAGS: 00010002 RAX: 0000000000000000 RBX: ffff88823ffe2b80 RCX: 0000000000000004 RDX: dffffc0000000000 RSI: ffffffff81c1f4e7 RDI: 0000000000000020 RBP: ffffe8fffe8fc220 R08: 0000000000000005 R09: 0000000000000000 R10: 0000000000000000 R11: 1ffffffff2179ab2 R12: ffff8880b983d000 R13: 0000000000000003 R14: 0000607f450fc220 R15: ffff88823ffe2988 FS: 00007fcb349de700(0000) GS:ffff8880b9800000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000 CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033 CR2: 0000001b32220000 CR3: 000000004914f000 CR4: 00000000003506f0 DR0: 0000000000000000 DR1: 0000000000000000 DR2: 0000000000000000 DR3: 0000000000000000 DR6: 00000000fffe0ff0 DR7: 0000000000000400 Call Trace: <TASK> netdev_run_todo+0x6bf/0x1100 net/core/dev.c:10352 ieee80211_register_hw+0x2663/0x4040 net/mac80211/main.c:1411 mac80211_hwsim_new_radio+0x2537/0x4d80 drivers/net/wireless/mac80211_hwsim.c:4583 hwsim_new_radio_nl+0xa09/0x10f0 drivers/net/wireless/mac80211_hwsim.c:5176 genl_family_rcv_msg_doit.isra.0+0x1e6/0x2d0 net/netlink/genetlink.c:968 genl_family_rcv_msg net/netlink/genetlink.c:1048 [inline] genl_rcv_msg+0x4ff/0x7e0 net/netlink/genetlink.c:1065 netlink_rcv_skb+0x165/0x440 net/netlink/af_netlink.c:2564 genl_rcv+0x28/0x40 net/netlink/genetlink.c:1076 netlink_unicast_kernel net/netlink/af_netlink.c:1330 [inline] netlink_unicast+0x547/0x7f0 net/netlink/af_netlink.c:1356 netlink_sendmsg+0x91b/0xe10 net/netlink/af_netlink.c:1932 sock_sendmsg_nosec net/socket.c:714 [inline] sock_sendmsg+0xd3/0x120 net/socket.c:734 ____sys_sendmsg+0x712/0x8c0 net/socket.c:2476 ___sys_sendmsg+0x110/0x1b0 net/socket.c:2530 __sys_sendmsg+0xf7/0x1c0 net/socket.c:2559 do_syscall_x64 arch/x86/entry/common.c:50 [inline] do_syscall_64+0x39/0xb0 arch/x86/entry/common.c:80 entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x63/0xcd Reported-by: syzbot <syzkaller@googlegroups.com> Fixes: 13e5afd3d773 ("wifi: mac80211: fix memory leak in ieee80211_if_add()") Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Cc: Zhengchao Shao <shaozhengchao@huawei.com> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230113124326.3533978-1-edumazet@google.com
|
#
f216033d |
|
14-Dec-2022 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: mac80211: fix MLO + AP_VLAN check Instead of preventing adding AP_VLAN to MLO enabled APs, this check was preventing adding more than one 4-addr AP_VLAN regardless of the MLO status. Fix this by adding missing extra checks. Fixes: ae960ee90bb1 ("wifi: mac80211: prevent VLANs on MLDs") Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221214130326.37756-1-nbd@nbd.name Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7d360f60 |
|
10-Oct-2022 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: mac80211: add support for restricting netdev features per vif This can be used to selectively disable feature flags for checksum offload, scatter/gather or GSO by changing vif->netdev_features. Removing features from vif->netdev_features does not affect the netdev features themselves, but instead fixes up skbs in the tx path so that the offloads are not needed in the driver. Aside from making it easier to deal with vif type based hardware limitations, this also makes it possible to optimize performance on hardware without native GSO support by declaring GSO support in hw->netdev_features and removing it from vif->netdev_features. This allows mac80211 to handle GSO segmentation after the sta lookup, but before itxq enqueue, thus reducing the number of unnecessary sta lookups, as well as some other per-packet processing. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221010094338.78070-1-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b2ddde56 |
|
02-Nov-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: remove unnecessary synchronize_net() The call to ieee80211_do_stop() right after will also do synchronize_rcu() to ensure the SDATA_STATE_RUNNING bit is cleared, so we don't need to synchronize_net() here. Change-Id: Id9f9ffcf195002013e5d9fde288877d219780864 Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
13e5afd3 |
|
16-Nov-2022 |
Zhengchao Shao <shaozhengchao@huawei.com> |
wifi: mac80211: fix memory leak in ieee80211_if_add() When register_netdevice() failed in ieee80211_if_add(), ndev->tstats isn't released. Fix it. Fixes: 5a490510ba5f ("mac80211: use per-CPU TX/RX statistics") Signed-off-by: Zhengchao Shao <shaozhengchao@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221117064500.319983-1-shaozhengchao@huawei.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
107395f9 |
|
09-Oct-2022 |
Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> |
wifi: mac80211: Drop support for TX push path All drivers are now using mac80211 internal queues (iTXQs). Drop mac80211 internal support for the old push path. Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c95014e1 |
|
20-Sep-2022 |
Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> |
wifi: mac80211: netdev compatible TX stop for iTXQ drivers Properly handle TX stop for internal queues (iTXQs) within mac80211. mac80211 must not stop netdev queues when using mac80211 iTXQs. For these drivers the netdev interface is created with IFF_NO_QUEUE. While netdev still drops frames for IFF_NO_QUEUE interfaces when we stop the netdev queues, it also prints a warning when this happens: Assuming the mac80211 interface is called wlan0 we would get "Virtual device wlan0 asks to queue packet!" when netdev has to drop a frame. This patch is keeping the harmless netdev queue starts for iTXQ drivers. Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ceb3d688 |
|
12-Sep-2022 |
Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> |
wifi: mac80211: unlock on error in ieee80211_can_powered_addr_change() Unlock before returning -EOPNOTSUPP. Fixes: 3c06e91b40db ("wifi: mac80211: Support POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE feature") Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3d901102 |
|
02-Sep-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: implement link switching Implement an API function and debugfs file to switch active links. Also provide an async version of the API so drivers can call it in arbitrary contexts, e.g. while in the authorized callback. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e73b5e51 |
|
02-Sep-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: move link code to a new file We probably should've done that originally, we already have about 300 lines of code there, and will add more. Move all the link code we wrote to a new file. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3c06e91b |
|
26-Aug-2022 |
James Prestwood <prestwoj@gmail.com> |
wifi: mac80211: Support POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE feature Adds support in mac80211 for NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE. The motivation behind this functionality is to fix limitations of address randomization on frequencies which are disallowed in world roaming. The way things work now, if a client wants to randomize their address per-connection it must power down the device, change the MAC, and power back up. Here lies a problem since powering down the device may result in frequencies being disabled (until the regdom is set). If the desired BSS is on one such frequency the client is unable to connect once the phy is powered again. For mac80211 based devices changing the MAC while powered is possible but currently disallowed (-EBUSY). This patch adds some logic to allow a MAC change while powered by removing the interface, changing the MAC, and adding it again. mac80211 will advertise support for this feature so userspace can determine the best course of action e.g. disallow address randomization on certain frequencies if not supported. There are certain limitations put on this which simplify the logic: - No active connection - No offchannel work, including scanning. Signed-off-by: James Prestwood <prestwoj@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ae960ee9 |
|
02-Sep-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: prevent VLANs on MLDs Do not allow VLANs to be added to AP interfaces that are MLDs, this isn't going to work because the link structs aren't propagated to the VLAN interfaces yet. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220902161144.8c88531146e9.If2ef9a3b138d4f16ed2fda91c852da156bdf5e4d@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
28b904ec |
|
18-Aug-2022 |
Wolfram Sang <wsa+renesas@sang-engineering.com> |
wifi: mac80211: move from strlcpy with unused retval to strscpy Follow the advice of the below link and prefer 'strscpy' in this subsystem. Conversion is 1:1 because the return value is not used. Generated by a coccinelle script. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/CAHk-=wgfRnXz0W3D37d01q3JFkr_i_uTL=V6A6G1oUZcprmknw@mail.gmail.com/ Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa+renesas@sang-engineering.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ccdde7c7 |
|
17-Aug-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: properly implement MLO key handling Implement key installation and lookup (on TX and RX) for MLO, so we can use multiple GTKs/IGTKs/BIGTKs. Co-authored-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d1efad17 |
|
04-Aug-2022 |
Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: set link BSSID For an AP interface, set the link BSSID when the link is initialized. Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
fa28981b |
|
22-Jul-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: fix link data leak During the code reshuffling, I accidentally set this to NULL before using it, fix that to fix the link data leak. Fixes: d3e2439b0f33 ("wifi: mac80211: fix link manipulation") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1773af9d |
|
21-Jul-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: verify link addresses are different When adding multiple links, verify that they all have different addresses. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3598cb6e |
|
17-Jul-2022 |
Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp> |
wifi: mac80211: do not abuse fq.lock in ieee80211_do_stop() lockdep complains use of uninitialized spinlock at ieee80211_do_stop() [1], for commit f856373e2f31ffd3 ("wifi: mac80211: do not wake queues on a vif that is being stopped") guards clear_bit() using fq.lock even before fq_init() from ieee80211_txq_setup_flows() initializes this spinlock. According to discussion [2], Toke was not happy with expanding usage of fq.lock. Since __ieee80211_wake_txqs() is called under RCU read lock, we can instead use synchronize_rcu() for flushing ieee80211_wake_txqs(). Link: https://syzkaller.appspot.com/bug?extid=eceab52db7c4b961e9d6 [1] Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/874k0zowh2.fsf@toke.dk [2] Reported-by: syzbot <syzbot+eceab52db7c4b961e9d6@syzkaller.appspotmail.com> Signed-off-by: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp> Fixes: f856373e2f31ffd3 ("wifi: mac80211: do not wake queues on a vif that is being stopped") Tested-by: syzbot <syzbot+eceab52db7c4b961e9d6@syzkaller.appspotmail.com> Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/9cc9b81d-75a3-3925-b612-9d0ad3cab82b@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp
|
#
b048c984 |
|
12-Jul-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: release channel context on link stop When a link is stopped for removal, release the channel context it may have. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d3e2439b |
|
06-Jul-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: fix link manipulation When we add non-deflink pointers, we need to remove the link[0] pointer to deflink in case link[0] is not valid afterwards. Also, we need to add that back when there are no more valid links. Reorg the code to fix that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
48345659 |
|
30-Jun-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: don't set link address for station We need to handle the link addresses for station differently, they will be determined by the association code, stored, and then applied when the links are actually created on success, cfg80211 will fill in the right addresses per the data we're sending back to it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b3e2130b |
|
24-Jun-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: change QoS settings API to take link into account Take the link into account in the QoS settings (EDCA parameters) APIs. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3fbddae4 |
|
24-Jun-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: provide link ID in link_conf It might be useful to drivers to be able to pass only the link_conf pointer, rather than both the pointer and the link_id; add the link_id to the link_conf to facility that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b2e8434f |
|
24-Jun-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: set up/tear down client vif links properly In station/client mode, the link data needs a bit more initialization and destruction than just zero-init and kfree() respectively, implement that. This required some shuffling of the link data handling in general, as we should set it up in setup and do the teardown in teardown, otherwise we're asymmetric in case of interface type changes. Also stop using kfree_rcu(), we cannot guarantee that nothing is scheduling things that live within the link (e.g. the u.mgd.request_smps_work) until we're sure it cannot be referenced anymore, therefore synchronize instead. This isn't very efficient, but we can always optimize it later. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d8675a63 |
|
17-Jun-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: RCU-ify link/link_conf pointers Since links can be added and removed dynamically, we need to somehow protect the sdata->link[] and vif->link_conf[] array pointers from disappearing when accessing them without locks. RCU-ify the pointers to achieve this, which requires quite a bit of rework. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
942741da |
|
25-Jun-2022 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: mac80211: switch airtime fairness back to deficit round-robin scheduling This reverts commits 6a789ba679d652587532cec2a0e0274fda172f3b and 2433647bc8d983a543e7d31b41ca2de1c7e2c198. The virtual time scheduler code has a number of issues: - queues slowed down by hardware/firmware powersave handling were not properly handled. - on ath10k in push-pull mode, tx queues that the driver tries to pull from were starved, causing excessive latency - delay between tx enqueue and reported airtime use were causing excessively bursty tx behavior The bursty behavior may also be present on the round-robin scheduler, but there it is much easier to fix without introducing additional regressions Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220625212411.36675-1-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c71420db |
|
15-Jun-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: RCU-ify link STA pointers We need to be able to access these in a race-free way under traffic while adding/removing them, so RCU-ify the pointers. This requires passing a link_sta to a lot of functions so we don't have to do the RCU handling everywhere. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d8787ec6 |
|
31-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add vif link addition/removal Add the necessary infrastructure, including a new driver method, to add/remove links to/from an interface. Also add the missing link address to bss_conf (which we use as link_conf too), and fill it, in station mode for now just randomly, in AP mode we get the address from cfg80211 since the link must be created with an address first. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e9aac179 |
|
30-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: make some SMPS code MLD-aware Start making some SMPS related code MLD-aware. This isn't really done yet, but again cuts down our 'deflink' reliance. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
afe0d181 |
|
30-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add link_id to vht.c code for MLO Update the code in vht.c and add the link_id parameter where necessary. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4b41b2ef |
|
30-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: refactor some link setup code We don't need to setup lists and work structs every time we switch the interface type, factor that out into a new ieee80211_link_init() function and use it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b4f85443 |
|
30-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: make channel context code MLO-aware Make the channel context code MLO aware, along with some functions that it uses, so that the chan.c file is now MLD-clean and no longer uses deflink/bss_conf/etc. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8e14130d |
|
30-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add per-link configuration pointer Add pointers so we can start using link_id throughout the code, even if for now only link ID 0 is valid, pointing to the "built-in" bss_conf, which is used by drivers that are not aware of MLD. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7b7090b4 |
|
24-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: split bss_info_changed method Split the bss_info_changed method to vif_cfg_changed and link_info_changed, with the latter getting a link ID. Also change the 'changed' parameter to u64 already, we know we need that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
bfd8403a |
|
16-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: reorg some iface data structs for MLD Start reorganizing interface related data structures toward MLD. The most complex part here is for the keys, since we have to split the various kinds of GTKs off to the link but still need to use (for WEP) the other keys as a fallback even for multicast frames. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f276e20b |
|
10-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: move interface config to new struct We'll use bss_conf for per-link configuration later, so move out all the non-link-specific data out into a new struct ieee80211_vif_cfg used in the vif. Some adjustments were done with the following spatch: @@ expression sdata; struct ieee80211_vif *vifp; identifier var = { assoc, ibss_joined, aid, arp_addr_list, arp_addr_cnt, ssid, ssid_len, s1g, ibss_creator }; @@ ( -sdata->vif.bss_conf.var +sdata->vif.cfg.var | -vifp->bss_conf.var +vifp->cfg.var ) @bss_conf@ struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf; identifier var = { assoc, ibss_joined, aid, arp_addr_list, arp_addr_cnt, ssid, ssid_len, s1g, ibss_creator }; @@ -bss_conf->var +vif_cfg->var (though more manual fixups were needed, e.g. replacing "vif_cfg->" by "vif->cfg." in many files.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d0a9123e |
|
10-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: move some future per-link data to bss_conf To add MLD, reuse the bss_conf structure later for per-link information, so move some things into it that are per link. Most transformations were done with the following spatch: @@ expression sdata; identifier var = { chanctx_conf, mu_mimo_owner, csa_active, color_change_active, color_change_color }; @@ -sdata->vif.var +sdata->vif.bss_conf.var @@ struct ieee80211_vif *vif; identifier var = { chanctx_conf, mu_mimo_owner, csa_active, color_change_active, color_change_color }; @@ -vif->var +vif->bss_conf.var Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
23a5f0af |
|
09-Feb-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: remove cipher scheme support The only driver using this was iwlwifi, where we just removed the support because it was never really used. Remove the code from mac80211 as well. Change-Id: I1667417a5932315ee9d81f5c233c56a354923f09 Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
aa40d5a4 |
|
17-Jul-2022 |
Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp> |
wifi: mac80211: do not abuse fq.lock in ieee80211_do_stop() lockdep complains use of uninitialized spinlock at ieee80211_do_stop() [1], for commit f856373e2f31ffd3 ("wifi: mac80211: do not wake queues on a vif that is being stopped") guards clear_bit() using fq.lock even before fq_init() from ieee80211_txq_setup_flows() initializes this spinlock. According to discussion [2], Toke was not happy with expanding usage of fq.lock. Since __ieee80211_wake_txqs() is called under RCU read lock, we can instead use synchronize_rcu() for flushing ieee80211_wake_txqs(). Link: https://syzkaller.appspot.com/bug?extid=eceab52db7c4b961e9d6 [1] Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/874k0zowh2.fsf@toke.dk [2] Reported-by: syzbot <syzbot+eceab52db7c4b961e9d6@syzkaller.appspotmail.com> Signed-off-by: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp> Fixes: f856373e2f31ffd3 ("wifi: mac80211: do not wake queues on a vif that is being stopped") Tested-by: syzbot <syzbot+eceab52db7c4b961e9d6@syzkaller.appspotmail.com> Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/9cc9b81d-75a3-3925-b612-9d0ad3cab82b@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp [ pick up commit 3598cb6e1862 ("wifi: mac80211: do not abuse fq.lock in ieee80211_do_stop()") from -next] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/87o7xcq6qt.fsf@kernel.org/ Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
f856373e |
|
31-May-2022 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: mac80211: do not wake queues on a vif that is being stopped When a vif is being removed and sdata->bss is cleared, __ieee80211_wake_txqs can still be called on it, which crashes as soon as sdata->bss is being dereferenced. To fix this properly, check for SDATA_STATE_RUNNING before waking queues, and take the fq lock when setting it (to ensure that __ieee80211_wake_txqs observes the change when running on a different CPU) Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220531190824.60019-1-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d787a3e3 |
|
11-Nov-2021 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: add support for .ndo_fill_forward_path This allows drivers to provide a destination device + info for flow offload Only supported in combination with 802.3 encap offload Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Tested-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211112112223.1209-1-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6dd23603 |
|
12-Nov-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix monitor_sdata RCU/locking assertions Since commit a05829a7222e ("cfg80211: avoid holding the RTNL when calling the driver") we've not only been protecting the pointer to monitor_sdata with the RTNL, but also with the wiphy->mtx. This is relevant in a number of lockdep assertions, e.g. the one we hit in ieee80211_set_monitor_channel(). However, we're now protecting all the assignments/dereferences, even the one in interface iter, with the wiphy->mtx, so switch over the lockdep assertions to that lock. Fixes: a05829a7222e ("cfg80211: avoid holding the RTNL when calling the driver") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211112135143.cb8e8ceffef3.Iaa210f16f6904c8a7a24954fb3396da0ef86ec08@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
de1352ea |
|
19-Oct-2021 |
Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> |
mac80211: use eth_hw_addr_set() Commit 406f42fa0d3c ("net-next: When a bond have a massive amount of VLANs...") introduced a rbtree for faster Ethernet address look up. To maintain netdev->dev_addr in this tree we need to make all the writes to it got through appropriate helpers. Convert mac80211 from memcpy(... ETH_ADDR) to eth_hw_addr_set(): @@ expression dev, np; @@ - memcpy(dev->dev_addr, np, ETH_ALEN) + eth_hw_addr_set(dev, np) Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211019162816.1384077-1-kuba@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
17196425 |
|
15-Sep-2021 |
John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> |
mac80211: MBSSID support in interface handling Configure multiple BSSID and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisement (EMA) parameters in mac80211 for AP mode. For each interface, 'mbssid_tx_vif' points to the transmitting interface of the MBSSID set. The pointer is set to NULL if MBSSID is disabled. Function ieee80211_stop() is modified to always bring down all the non-transmitting interfaces first and the transmitting interface last. Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> Co-developed-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210916025437.29138-3-alokad@codeaurora.org [slightly change logic to be more obvious] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f5a4c24e |
|
23-Aug-2021 |
Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> |
mac80211: introduce individual TWT support in AP mode Introduce TWT action frames parsing support to mac80211. Currently just individual TWT agreement are support in AP mode. Whenever the AP receives a TWT action frame from an associated client, after performing sanity checks, it will notify the underlay driver with requested parameters in order to check if they are supported and if there is enough room for a new agreement. The driver is expected to set the agreement result and report it to mac80211. Drivers supporting this have two new callbacks: - add_twt_setup (mandatory) - twt_teardown_request (optional) mac80211 will send an action frame reply according to the result reported by the driver. Tested-by: Peter Chiu <chui-hao.chiu@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/257512f2e22ba42b9f2624942a128dd8f141de4b.1629741512.git.lorenzo@kernel.org [use le16p_replace_bits(), minor cleanups, use (void *) casts, fix to use ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap() correctly] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5f9404ab |
|
02-Jul-2021 |
John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> |
mac80211: add support for BSS color change The color change announcement is very similar to how CSA works where we have an IE that includes a counter. When the counter hits 0, the new color is applied via an updated beacon. This patch makes the CSA counter functionality reusable, rather than implementing it again. This also allows for future reuse incase support for other counter IEs gets added. Co-developed-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/057c1e67b82bee561ea44ce6a45a8462d3da6995.1625247619.git.lorenzo@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
79f5962b |
|
28-Jun-2021 |
Johan Almbladh <johan.almbladh@anyfinetworks.com> |
mac80211: Fix monitor MTU limit so that A-MSDUs get through The maximum MTU was set to 2304, which is the maximum MSDU size. While this is valid for normal WLAN interfaces, it is too low for monitor interfaces. A monitor interface may receive and inject MPDU frames, and the maximum MPDU frame size is larger than 2304. The MPDU may also contain an A-MSDU frame, in which case the size may be much larger than the MTU limit. Since the maximum size of an A-MSDU depends on the PHY mode of the transmitting STA, it is not possible to set an exact MTU limit for a monitor interface. Now the maximum MTU for a monitor interface is unrestricted. Signed-off-by: Johan Almbladh <johan.almbladh@anyfinetworks.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210628123246.2070558-1-johan.almbladh@anyfinetworks.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2433647b |
|
23-Jun-2021 |
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> |
mac80211: Switch to a virtual time-based airtime scheduler This switches the airtime scheduler in mac80211 to use a virtual time-based scheduler instead of the round-robin scheduler used before. This has a couple of advantages: - No need to sync up the round-robin scheduler in firmware/hardware with the round-robin airtime scheduler. - If several stations are eligible for transmission we can schedule both of them; no need to hard-block the scheduling rotation until the head of the queue has used up its quantum. - The check of whether a station is eligible for transmission becomes simpler (in ieee80211_txq_may_transmit()). The drawback is that scheduling becomes slightly more expensive, as we need to maintain an rbtree of TXQs sorted by virtual time. This means that ieee80211_register_airtime() becomes O(logN) in the number of currently scheduled TXQs because it can change the order of the scheduled stations. We mitigate this overhead by only resorting when a station changes position in the tree, and hopefully N rarely grows too big (it's only TXQs currently backlogged, not all associated stations), so it shouldn't be too big of an issue. To prevent divisions in the fast path, we maintain both station sums and pre-computed reciprocals of the sums. This turns the fast-path operation into a multiplication, with divisions only happening as the number of active stations change (to re-compute the current sum of all active station weights). To prevent this re-computation of the reciprocal from happening too frequently, we use a time-based notion of station activity, instead of updating the weight every time a station gets scheduled or de-scheduled. As queues can oscillate between empty and occupied quite frequently, this can significantly cut down on the number of re-computations. It also has the added benefit of making the station airtime calculation independent on whether the queue happened to have drained at the time an airtime value was accounted. Co-developed-by: Yibo Zhao <yiboz@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Yibo Zhao <yiboz@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210623134755.235545-1-toke@redhat.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f057d140 |
|
17-May-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use sdata->skb_queue for TDLS We need to differentiate these frames since the ones we currently put on the skb_queue_tdls_chsw have already been converted to ethernet format, but now that we've got a single place to enqueue to the sdata->skb_queue this isn't hard. Just differentiate based on protocol and adjust the code to queue the SKBs appropriately. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210517230754.17034990abef.I5342f2183c0d246b18d36c511eb3b6be298a6572@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
07bd1c79 |
|
17-May-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: refactor SKB queue processing a bit This is a very long loop body, move it into its own function instead, keeping only the kcov and free outside in the loop body. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210517230754.6bc6cdd68570.I28a86ebdb19601ca1965c4dc654cc49fc1064efa@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d5befb22 |
|
17-May-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix deadlock in AP/VLAN handling Syzbot reports that when you have AP_VLAN interfaces that are up and close the AP interface they belong to, we get a deadlock. No surprise - since we dev_close() them with the wiphy mutex held, which goes back into the netdev notifier in cfg80211 and tries to acquire the wiphy mutex there. To fix this, we need to do two things: 1) prevent changing iftype while AP_VLANs are up, we can't easily fix this case since cfg80211 already calls us with the wiphy mutex held, but change_interface() is relatively rare in drivers anyway, so changing iftype isn't used much (and userspace has to fall back to down/change/up anyway) 2) pull the dev_close() loop over VLANs out of the wiphy mutex section in the normal stop case Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Reported-by: syzbot+452ea4fbbef700ff0a56@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Fixes: a05829a7222e ("cfg80211: avoid holding the RTNL when calling the driver") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210517160322.9b8f356c0222.I392cb0e2fa5a1a94cf2e637555d702c7e512c1ff@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3a11ce08 |
|
11-May-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add fragment cache to sta_info Prior patches protected against fragmentation cache attacks by coloring keys, but this shows that it can lead to issues when multiple stations use the same sequence number. Add a fragment cache to struct sta_info (in addition to the one in the interface) to separate fragments for different stations properly. This then automatically clear most of the fragment cache when a station disconnects (or reassociates) from an AP, or when client interfaces disconnect from the network, etc. On the way, also fix the comment there since this brings us in line with the recommendation in 802.11-2016 ("An AP should support ..."). Additionally, remove a useless condition (since there's no problem purging an already empty list). Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210511200110.fc35046b0d52.I1ef101e3784d13e8f6600d83de7ec9a3a45bcd52@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
55f8205e |
|
29-Mar-2021 |
Sriram R <srirrama@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: Allow concurrent monitor iface and ethernet rx decap Some HW/driver can support passing ethernet rx decap frames and raw 802.11 frames for the monitor interface concurrently and via separate RX calls to mac80211. Packets going to the monitor interface(s) would be in 802.11 format and thus not have the RX_FLAG_8023 set, and 802.11 format monitoring frames should have RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR set. Drivers doing such can enable the SUPPORTS_CONC_MON_RX_DECAP to allow using ethernet decap offload while a monitor interface is active, currently RX decapsulation offload gets disabled when a monitor interface is added. Signed-off-by: Sriram R <srirrama@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1617068116-32253-1-git-send-email-srirrama@codeaurora.org [add proper documentation, rewrite commit message] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
183f47fc |
|
18-Feb-2021 |
Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de> |
kcov: Remove kcov include from sched.h and move it to its users. The recent addition of in_serving_softirq() to kconv.h results in compile failure on PREEMPT_RT because it requires task_struct::softirq_disable_cnt. This is not available if kconv.h is included from sched.h. It is not needed to include kconv.h from sched.h. All but the net/ user already include the kconv header file. Move the include of the kconv.h header from sched.h it its users. Additionally include sched.h from kconv.h to ensure that everything task_struct related is available. Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra (Intel) <peterz@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Andrey Konovalov <andreyknvl@google.com> Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20210218173124.iy5iyqv3a4oia4vv@linutronix.de
|
#
a05829a7 |
|
22-Jan-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: avoid holding the RTNL when calling the driver Currently, _everything_ in cfg80211 holds the RTNL, and if you have a slow USB device (or a few) you can get some bad lock contention on that. Fix that by re-adding a mutex to each wiphy/rdev as we had at some point, so we have locking for the wireless_dev lists and all the other things in there, and also so that drivers still don't have to worry too much about it (they still won't get parallel calls for a single device). Then, we can restrict the RTNL to a few cases where we add or remove interfaces and really need the added protection. Some of the global list management still also uses the RTNL, since we need to have it anyway for netdev management, but we only hold the RTNL for very short periods of time here. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210122161942.81df9f5e047a.I4a8e1a60b18863ea8c5e6d3a0faeafb2d45b2f40@changeid Tested-by: Marek Szyprowski <m.szyprowski@samsung.com> [marvell driver issues] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2fe8ef10 |
|
22-Jan-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: change netdev registration/unregistration semantics We used to not require anything in terms of registering netdevs with cfg80211, using a netdev notifier instead. However, in the next patch reducing RTNL locking, this causes big problems, and the simplest way is to just require drivers to do things better. Change the registration/unregistration semantics to require the drivers to call cfg80211_(un)register_netdevice() when this is happening due to a cfg80211 request, i.e. add_virtual_intf() or del_virtual_intf() (or if it somehow has to happen in any other cfg80211 callback). Otherwise, in other contexts, drivers may continue to use the normal netdev (un)registration functions as usual. Internally, we still use the netdev notifier and track (by the new wdev->registered bool) if the wdev had already been added to cfg80211 or not. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210122161942.cf2f4b65e4e9.Ida8234e50da13eb675b557bac52a713ad4eddf71@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
80a915ec |
|
18-Dec-2020 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: add rx decapsulation offload support This allows drivers to pass 802.3 frames to mac80211, with some restrictions: - the skb must be passed with a valid sta - fast-rx needs to be active for the sta - monitor mode needs to be disabled mac80211 will tell the driver when it is safe to enable rx decap offload for a particular station. In order to implement support, a driver must: - call ieee80211_hw_set(hw, SUPPORTS_RX_DECAP_OFFLOAD) - implement ops->sta_set_decap_offload - mark 802.3 frames with RX_FLAG_8023 If it doesn't want to enable offload for some vif types, it can mask out IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_DECAP_ENABLED in vif->offload_flags from within the .add_interface or .update_vif_offload driver ops Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201218184718.93650-6-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
054c9939 |
|
22-Jan-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: pause TX while changing interface type syzbot reported a crash that happened when changing the interface type around a lot, and while it might have been easy to fix just the symptom there, a little deeper investigation found that really the reason is that we allowed packets to be transmitted while in the middle of changing the interface type. Disallow TX by stopping the queues while changing the type. Fixes: 34d4bc4d41d2 ("mac80211: support runtime interface type changes") Reported-by: syzbot+d7a3b15976bf7de2238a@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210122171115.b321f98f4d4f.I6997841933c17b093535c31d29355be3c0c39628@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
bdeca45a |
|
29-Nov-2020 |
Borwankar, Antara <antara.borwankar@intel.com> |
mac80211: set SDATA_STATE_RUNNING for monitor interfaces During restarrt, mac80211 is supposed to reconfigure the driver. When there's a monitor interface, the interface is added and the channel context for it was created, but not assigned to it as it was not considered running during the restart. Fix this by setting SDATA_STATE_RUNNING while adding monitor interfaces. Signed-off-by: Borwankar, Antara <antara.borwankar@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20201129172929.e1df99693a4c.I494579f28018c2d0b9d4083a664cf872c28405ae@changeid [reword commit log] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
70d9c599 |
|
09-Nov-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove WDS-related code Now that all the mac80211-based drivers have removed WDS code and in particular the ability to advertise such devices, also remove all the code related to WDS here. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201109105103.38960c413d46.I3603c90a44562d847c39d15d5ff33d8c00df5834@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
261e411b |
|
29-Oct-2020 |
Aleksandr Nogikh <nogikh@google.com> |
mac80211: add KCOV remote annotations to incoming frame processing Add KCOV remote annotations to ieee80211_iface_work() and ieee80211_rx_list(). This will enable coverage-guided fuzzing of mac80211 code that processes incoming 802.11 frames. Signed-off-by: Aleksandr Nogikh <nogikh@google.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
6401297e |
|
12-Oct-2020 |
Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com> |
mac80211: use new function dev_fetch_sw_netstats Simplify the code by using new function dev_fetch_sw_netstats(). Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/93dda477-70ae-0ccf-71b4-bfebb66c9beb@gmail.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
09a740ce |
|
21-Sep-2020 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> |
mac80211: receive and process S1G beacons S1G beacons are 802.11 Extension Frames, so the fixed header part differs from regular beacons. Add a handler to process S1G beacons and abstract out the fetching of BSSID and element start locations in the beacon body handler. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200922022818.15855-14-thomas@adapt-ip.com [don't rename, small coding style cleanups] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4b7afb52 |
|
08-Sep-2020 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: reorganize code to remove a forward declaration Remove the newly added ieee80211_set_vif_encap_ops declaration. No further code changes. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908123702.88454-15-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6aea26ce |
|
08-Sep-2020 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: rework tx encapsulation offload API The current API (which lets the driver turn on/off per vif directly) has a number of limitations: - it does not deal with AP_VLAN - conditions for enabling (no tkip, no monitor) are only checked at add_interface time - no way to indicate 4-addr support In order to address this, store offload flags in struct ieee80211_vif (easy to extend for decap offload later). mac80211 initially sets the enable flag, but gives the driver a chance to modify it before its settings are applied. In addition to the .add_interface op, a .update_vif_offload op is introduced, which can be used for runtime changes. If a driver can't disable encap offload at runtime, or if it has some extra limitations, it can simply override the flags within those ops. Support for encap offload with 4-address mode interfaces can be enabled by setting a flag from .add_interface or .update_vif_offload. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908123702.88454-6-nbd@nbd.name [resolved conflict with commit aa2092a9bab3 ("ath11k: add raw mode and software crypto support")] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cb17ed29 |
|
23-Jul-2020 |
Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@kuleuven.be> |
mac80211: parse radiotap header when selecting Tx queue Already parse the radiotap header in ieee80211_monitor_select_queue. In a subsequent commit this will allow us to add a radiotap flag that influences the queue on which injected packets will be sent. This also fixes the incomplete validation of the injected frame in ieee80211_monitor_select_queue: currently an out of bounds memory access may occur in in the called function ieee80211_select_queue_80211 if the 802.11 header is too small. Note that in ieee80211_monitor_start_xmit the radiotap header is parsed again, which is necessairy because ieee80211_monitor_select_queue is not always called beforehand. Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@kuleuven.be> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200723100153.31631-6-Mathy.Vanhoef@kuleuven.be Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
fc0561dc |
|
07-Jul-2020 |
Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org> |
mac80211: Use fallthrough pseudo-keyword Replace the existing /* fall through */ comments and its variants with the new pseudo-keyword macro fallthrough[1]. Also, remove unnecessary fall-through markings when it is the case. [1] https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/process/deprecated.html?highlight=fallthrough#implicit-switch-case-fall-through Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200707204548.GA9320@embeddedor Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
90e8f58d |
|
17-Apr-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix drv_config_iface_filter() behaviour There are two bugs with this, first, it shouldn't be called on an interface that's down, and secondly, it should then be called when the interface comes up. Note that the currently only user (iwlwifi) doesn't seem to care about either of these scenarios. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200417111830.401d82c7a0bf.I5dc7d718816460c2d8d89c7af6c215f9e2b3078f@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7f3f96ce |
|
12-Mar-2020 |
Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de> |
mac80211: handle no-preauth flag for control port This patch adds support for disabling pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control port for mac80211. Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200312091055.54257-3-markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de [fix indentation slightly, squash feature enablement] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1f6e0baa |
|
11-Feb-2020 |
John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> |
mac80211: allow setting queue_len for drivers not using wake_tx_queue Currently a mac80211 driver can only set the txq_limit when using wake_tx_queue. Not all drivers use wake_tx_queue. This patch adds a new element to wiphy allowing a driver to set a custom tx_queue_len and the code that will apply it in case it is set. The current default is 1000 which is too low for ath11k when doing HE rates. Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200211122605.13002-1-john@phrozen.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
db6d9e9e |
|
17-Dec-2019 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: Fix setting txpower to zero With multiple VIFS ath10k, and probably others, tries to find the minimum txpower for all vifs and uses that when setting txpower in the firmware. If a second vif is added and starts to scan, it's txpower is not initialized yet and it set to zero. ath10k had a patch to ignore zero values, but then it is impossible to actually set txpower to zero. So, instead initialize the txpower to INT_MIN in mac80211, and let drivers know that means the power has not been set and so should be ignored. This should fix regression in: commit 88407beb1b1462f706a1950a355fd086e1c450b6 Author: Ryan Hsu <ryanhsu@qca.qualcomm.com> Date: Tue Dec 13 14:55:19 2016 -0800 ath10k: fix incorrect txpower set by P2P_DEVICE interface Tested on ath10k 9984 with ath10k-ct firmware. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191217183057.24586-1-greearb@candelatech.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
52b4810b |
|
31-Jan-2020 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
mac80211: Remove support for changing AP SMPS mode The SMPS feature is defined in the specification only to be used by non-AP stations and not by APs, so remove the support for changing the AP's SMPS mode dynamically. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200131111300.891737-20-luca@coelho.fi Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
07b83d2e |
|
31-Jan-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow changing TX-related netdev features Set ndev->hw_features as well as ndev->features to allow changing the TX-related features with ethtool. We cannot (yet) change RX-related features since that requires telling the driver about it and we have no API for that yet. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200131111300.891737-10-luca@coelho.fi Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
50ff477a |
|
25-Nov-2019 |
John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> |
mac80211: add 802.11 encapsulation offloading support This patch adds a new transmit path for hardware that supports 802.11 encapsulation offloading. In those cases 802.3 frames get passed directly to the driver allowing the hardware to handle the encapsulation. Some features such as monitor mode and TKIP would break when encapsulation offloading is enabled. If any of these get enabled, the code will alwyas fallback to the normal sw encapsulation data path. The patch defines a secondary netdev_ops struct that the device gets assigned if 802.11 encap support is available and enabled. The driver needs to enable the support on a per vif basis if it finds that all pre-reqs are meet. Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191125100438.16539-1-john@phrozen.org [reword comments, remove SUPPORTS_80211_ENCAP HW flag, minor cleanups] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
06354665 |
|
05-Sep-2019 |
Wen Gong <wgong@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: allow drivers to set max MTU Make it possibly for drivers to adjust the default max_mtu by storing it in the hardware struct and using that value for all interfaces. Signed-off-by: Wen Gong <wgong@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1567738137-31748-1-git-send-email-wgong@codeaurora.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
eef347f8 |
|
30-Jul-2019 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
Revert "mac80211: set NETIF_F_LLTX when using intermediate tx queues" Revert this for now, it has been reported multiple times that it completely breaks connectivity on various devices. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: 8dbb000ee73b ("mac80211: set NETIF_F_LLTX when using intermediate tx queues") Reported-by: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de> Reported-by: Peter Lebbing <peter@digitalbrains.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d2912cb1 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> |
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 500 Based on 2 normalized pattern(s): this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the gnu general public license version 2 as published by the free software foundation this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the gnu general public license version 2 as published by the free software foundation # extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier GPL-2.0-only has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 4122 file(s). Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Enrico Weigelt <info@metux.net> Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net> Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190604081206.933168790@linutronix.de Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
|
#
dbd50a85 |
|
08-Apr-2019 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: only allocate one queue when using iTXQs There's no need to allocate than one queue in the iTXQs case now that we no longer use ndo_select_queue to assign the AC. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8dbb000e |
|
16-Mar-2019 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: set NETIF_F_LLTX when using intermediate tx queues When using iTXQ, tx sequence number allocation and statistics are run at dequeue time. Because of that, it is safe to enable NETIF_F_LLTX, which allows tx handlers to run on multiple CPUs in parallel. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f1267cf3 |
|
15-Apr-2019 |
Bhagavathi Perumal S <bperumal@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: Fix kernel panic due to use of txq after free The txq of vif is added to active_txqs list for ATF TXQ scheduling in the function ieee80211_queue_skb(), but it was not properly removed before freeing the txq object. It was causing use after free of the txq objects from the active_txqs list, result was kernel panic due to invalid memory access. Fix kernel invalid memory access by properly removing txq object from active_txqs list before free the object. Signed-off-by: Bhagavathi Perumal S <bperumal@codeaurora.org> Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a350ecce |
|
20-Mar-2019 |
Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com> |
net: remove 'fallback' argument from dev->ndo_select_queue() After the previous patch, all the callers of ndo_select_queue() provide as a 'fallback' argument netdev_pick_tx. The only exceptions are nested calls to ndo_select_queue(), which pass down the 'fallback' available in the current scope - still netdev_pick_tx. We can drop such argument and replace fallback() invocation with netdev_pick_tx(). This avoids an indirect call per xmit packet in some scenarios (TCP syn, UDP unconnected, XDP generic, pktgen) with device drivers implementing such ndo. It also clean the code a bit. Tested with ixgbe and CONFIG_FCOE=m With pktgen using queue xmit: threads vanilla patched (kpps) (kpps) 1 2334 2428 2 4166 4278 4 7895 8100 v1 -> v2: - rebased after helper's name change Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
dd665d23 |
|
15-Dec-2018 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: never pass NULL params to ieee80211_if_add() This isn't really a problem now, but it means that the function has a few NULL checks that are only relevant when coming from the initial interface added in mac80211, and that's confusing. Just pass non-NULL (but equivalently empty) in that case and remove all the NULL checks. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a50e5fb8 |
|
15-Dec-2018 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix a kernel panic when TXing after TXQ teardown Recently TXQ teardown was moved earlier in ieee80211_unregister_hw(), to avoid a use-after-free of the netdev data. However, interfaces aren't fully removed at the point, and cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces can for example, TX a deauth frame. Move the TXQ teardown to the point between cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces and the free of netdev queues, so we can be sure they are torn down before netdev is freed, but after there is no ongoing TX. Fixes: 77cfaf52eca5 ("mac80211: Run TXQ teardown code before de-registering interfaces") Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5c21e810 |
|
23-Oct-2018 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: Clear beacon_int in ieee80211_do_stop This fixes stale beacon-int values that would keep a netdev from going up. To reproduce: Create two VAP on one radio. vap1 has beacon-int 100, start it. vap2 has beacon-int 240, start it (and it will fail because beacon-int mismatch). reconfigure vap2 to have beacon-int 100 and start it. It will fail because the stale beacon-int 240 will be used in the ifup path and hostapd never gets a chance to set the new beacon interval. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8105f9b8 |
|
22-Sep-2018 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: allocate TXQs for active monitor interfaces Monitor mode interfaces with the active flag are passed down to the driver. Drivers using TXQ expect that all interfaces have allocated TXQs before they get added. Fixes: 79af1f866193d ("mac80211: avoid allocating TXQs that won't be used") Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Reported-by: Catrinel Catrinescu <cc@80211.de> Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4f49dec9 |
|
08-Jul-2018 |
Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> |
net: allow ndo_select_queue to pass netdev This patch makes it so that instead of passing a void pointer as the accel_priv we instead pass a net_device pointer as sb_dev. Making this change allows us to pass the subordinate device through to the fallback function eventually so that we can keep the actual code in the ndo_select_queue call as focused on possible on the exception cases. Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
|
#
018f6fbf |
|
25-Mar-2018 |
Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Send control port frames over nl80211 If userspace requested control port frames to go over 80211, then do so. The control packets are intercepted just prior to delivery of the packet to the underlying network device. Pre-authentication type frames (protocol: 0x88c7) are also forwarded over nl80211. Signed-off-by: Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a1f2ba04c |
|
19-Feb-2018 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
mac80211: add get TID helper Extracting the TID from the QOS header is common enough to justify helper. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c7976f52 |
|
29-Oct-2017 |
Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove BUG() when interface type is invalid In the ieee80211_setup_sdata() we check if the interface type is valid and, if not, call BUG(). This should never happen, but if there is something wrong with the code, it will not be caught until the bug happens when an interface is being set up. Calling BUG() is too extreme for this and a WARN_ON() would be better used instead. Change that. Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
02049ce2 |
|
17-Oct-2017 |
Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com> |
mac80211: mark expected switch fall-throughs In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases where we are expecting to fall through. Notice that in some cases I replaced "fall through on else" and "otherwise fall through" comments with just a "fall through" comment, which is what GCC is expecting to find. Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2a9e2579 |
|
06-Oct-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: only remove AP VLAN frames from TXQ When removing an AP VLAN interface, mac80211 currently purges the entire TXQ for the AP interface. Fix this by using the FQ API introduced in the previous patch to filter frames. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
79af1f86 |
|
21-Jun-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: avoid allocating TXQs that won't be used For AP_VLAN and monitor interfaces we'll never use the TXQs we allocated, so avoid doing so. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
89e9bfc4 |
|
07-Jul-2017 |
Chunho Lee <handera@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Fix null pointer dereference with iTXQ support This change adds null pointer check before dereferencing pointer dev on netif_tx_start_all_queues() when an interface is added. With iTXQ support, netif_tx_start_all_queues() is always called while an interface is added. however, the netdev queues are not associated and dev is null when the interface is either NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE or NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN. Signed-off-by: Chunho Lee <ch.lee@newracom.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
53168215 |
|
21-Jun-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix VLAN handling with TXQs With TXQs, the AP_VLAN interfaces are resolved to their owner AP interface when enqueuing the frame, which makes sense since the frame really goes out on that as far as the driver is concerned. However, this introduces a problem: frames to be encrypted with a VLAN-specific GTK will now be encrypted with the AP GTK, since the information about which virtual interface to use to select the key is taken from the TXQ. Fix this by preserving info->control.vif and using that in the dequeue function. This now requires doing the driver-mapping in the dequeue as well. Since there's no way to filter the frames that are sitting on a TXQ, drop all frames, which may affect other interfaces, when an AP_VLAN is removed. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c7a61cba |
|
09-Jun-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: free netdev on dev_alloc_name() error The change to remove free_netdev() from ieee80211_if_free() erroneously didn't add the necessary free_netdev() for when ieee80211_if_free() is called directly in one place, rather than as the priv_destructor. Add the missing call. Fixes: cf124db566e6 ("net: Fix inconsistent teardown and release of private netdev state.") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
699cb58c |
|
30-May-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: manage RX BA session offload without SKB queue Instead of using the SKB queue with the fake pkt_type for the offloaded RX BA session management, also handle this with the normal aggregation state machine worker. This also makes the use of this more reliable since it gets rid of the allocation of the fake skb. Combined with the previous patch, this finally allows us to get rid of the pkt_type hack entirely, so do that as well. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cf124db5 |
|
07-May-2017 |
David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> |
net: Fix inconsistent teardown and release of private netdev state. Network devices can allocate reasources and private memory using netdev_ops->ndo_init(). However, the release of these resources can occur in one of two different places. Either netdev_ops->ndo_uninit() or netdev->destructor(). The decision of which operation frees the resources depends upon whether it is necessary for all netdev refs to be released before it is safe to perform the freeing. netdev_ops->ndo_uninit() presumably can occur right after the NETDEV_UNREGISTER notifier completes and the unicast and multicast address lists are flushed. netdev->destructor(), on the other hand, does not run until the netdev references all go away. Further complicating the situation is that netdev->destructor() almost universally does also a free_netdev(). This creates a problem for the logic in register_netdevice(). Because all callers of register_netdevice() manage the freeing of the netdev, and invoke free_netdev(dev) if register_netdevice() fails. If netdev_ops->ndo_init() succeeds, but something else fails inside of register_netdevice(), it does call ndo_ops->ndo_uninit(). But it is not able to invoke netdev->destructor(). This is because netdev->destructor() will do a free_netdev() and then the caller of register_netdevice() will do the same. However, this means that the resources that would normally be released by netdev->destructor() will not be. Over the years drivers have added local hacks to deal with this, by invoking their destructor parts by hand when register_netdevice() fails. Many drivers do not try to deal with this, and instead we have leaks. Let's close this hole by formalizing the distinction between what private things need to be freed up by netdev->destructor() and whether the driver needs unregister_netdevice() to perform the free_netdev(). netdev->priv_destructor() performs all actions to free up the private resources that used to be freed by netdev->destructor(), except for free_netdev(). netdev->needs_free_netdev is a boolean that indicates whether free_netdev() should be done at the end of unregister_netdevice(). Now, register_netdevice() can sanely release all resources after ndo_ops->ndo_init() succeeds, by invoking both ndo_ops->ndo_uninit() and netdev->priv_destructor(). And at the end of unregister_netdevice(), we invoke netdev->priv_destructor() and optionally call free_netdev(). Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
7a7c0a64 |
|
26-May-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix TX aggregation start/stop callback race When starting or stopping an aggregation session, one of the steps is that the driver calls back to mac80211 that the start/stop can proceed. This is handled by queueing up a fake SKB and processing it from the normal iface/sdata work. Since this isn't flushed when disassociating, the following race is possible: * associate * start aggregation session * driver callback * disassociate * associate again to the same AP * callback processing runs, leading to a WARN_ON() that the TID hadn't requested aggregation If the second association isn't to the same AP, there would only be a message printed ("Could not find station: <addr>"), but the same race could happen. Fix this by not going the whole detour with a fake SKB etc. but simply looking up the aggregation session in the driver callback, marking it with a START_CB/STOP_CB bit and then scheduling the regular aggregation work that will now process these bits as well. This also simplifies the code and gets rid of the whole problem with allocation failures of said skb, which could have left the session in limbo. Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f64331d5 |
|
13-Apr-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: keep a separate list of monitor interfaces that are up In addition to keeping monitor interfaces on the regular list of interfaces, keep those that are up and not in cooked mode on a separate list. This saves having to iterate all interfaces when delivering to monitor interfaces. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7d65f829 |
|
29-Mar-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: unconditionally start new netdev queues with iTXQ support When internal mac80211 TXQs aren't supported, netdev queues must always started out started even when driver queues are stopped while the interface is added. This is necessary because with the internal TXQ support netdev queues are never stopped and packet scheduling/dropping is done in mac80211. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 4.9+ Fixes: 80a83cfc434b1 ("mac80211: skip netdev queue control with software queuing") Reported-and-tested-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d2941df8 |
|
20-Oct-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: recalculate min channel width on VHT opmode changes When an associated station changes its VHT operating mode this can/will affect the bandwidth it's using, and consequently we must recalculate the minimum bandwidth we need to use. Failure to do so can lead to one of two scenarios: 1) we use a too high bandwidth, this is benign 2) we use a too narrow bandwidth, causing rate control and actual PHY configuration to be out of sync, which can in turn cause problems/crashes Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
bc1f4470 |
|
06-Jan-2017 |
stephen hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org> |
net: make ndo_get_stats64 a void function The network device operation for reading statistics is only called in one place, and it ignores the return value. Having a structure return value is potentially confusing because some future driver could incorrectly assume that the return value was used. Fix all drivers with ndo_get_stats64 to have a void function. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
9c22b4a3 |
|
20-Oct-2016 |
Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com> |
net: use core MTU range checking in wireless drivers - set max_mtu in wil6210 driver - set max_mtu in atmel driver - set min/max_mtu in cisco airo driver, remove airo_change_mtu - set min/max_mtu in ipw2100/ipw2200 drivers, remove libipw_change_mtu - set min/max_mtu in p80211netdev, remove wlan_change_mtu - set min/max_mtu in net/mac80211/iface.c and remove ieee80211_change_mtu - set min/max_mtu in wimax/i2400m and remove i2400m_change_mtu - set min/max_mtu in intersil/hostap and remove prism2_change_mtu - set min/max_mtu in intersil/orinoco - set min/max_mtu in tty/n_gsm and remove gsm_change_mtu CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org CC: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com> CC: Simon Kelley <simon@thekelleys.org.uk> CC: Stanislav Yakovlev <stas.yakovlev@gmail.com> CC: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> CC: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky.perez-gonzalez@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
72f15d53 |
|
10-Oct-2016 |
Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de> |
mac80211: filter multicast data packets on AP / AP_VLAN This patch adds filtering for multicast data packets on AP_VLAN interfaces that have no authorized station connected and changes filtering on AP interfaces to not count stations assigned to AP_VLAN interfaces. This saves airtime and avoids waking up other stations currently authorized in this BSS. When using WPA, the packets dropped could not be decrypted by any station. The behaviour when there are no AP_VLAN interfaces is left unchanged. When there are AP_VLAN interfaces, this patch 1. adds filtering multicast data packets sent on AP_VLAN interfaces that have no authorized station connected. No filtering happens on 4addr AP_VLAN interfaces. 2. makes filtering of multicast data packets sent on AP interfaces depend on the number of authorized stations in this bss not assigned to an AP_VLAN interface. Therefore, a new num_mcast_sta counter is added for AP_VLAN interfaces. The existing one for AP interfaces is altered to not track stations assigned to an AP_VLAN interface. The new counter is exposed in debugfs. Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de> [reformat commit message a bit, unline ieee80211_vif_{inc,dec}_num_mcast] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
167e33f4 |
|
20-Sep-2016 |
Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> |
mac80211: Implement add_nan_func and rm_nan_func Implement add/rm_nan_func functions and handle NAN function termination notifications. Handle instance_id allocation for NAN functions and implement the reconfig flow. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
708d50ed |
|
20-Sep-2016 |
Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> |
mac80211: add boilerplate code for start / stop NAN This code doesn't do much besides allowing to start and stop the vif. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cb3b7d87 |
|
20-Sep-2016 |
Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add start / stop NAN commands This allows user space to start/stop NAN interface. A NAN interface is like P2P device in a few aspects: it doesn't have a netdev associated to it. Add the new interface type and prevent operations that can't be executed on NAN interface like scan. Define several attributes that may be configured by user space when starting NAN functionality (master preference and dual band operation) Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
42bd20d9 |
|
29-Aug-2016 |
Aviya Erenfeld <aviya.erenfeld@intel.com> |
mac80211: add support for MU-MIMO air sniffer add support to MU-MIMO air sniffer according groupID: in monitor mode, use a given MU-MIMO groupID to monitor stations that belongs to that group using MU-MIMO. add support for following a station according to its MAC address using VHT MU-MIMO sniffer: the monitors wait until they get an action MU-MIMO notification frame, then parses it in order to find the groupID that corresponds to the given MAC address and monitors packets destined to that groupID using VHT MU-MIMO. Signed-off-by: Aviya Erenfeld <aviya.erenfeld@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d8212184 |
|
29-Aug-2016 |
Aviya Erenfeld <aviya.erenfeld@intel.com> |
mac80211: refactor monitor representation in sdata Insert the u32 monitor flags variable in a new structure that represents a monitor interface. This will allow to add more configuration variables to that structure which will happen in an upcoming change. Signed-off-by: Aviya Erenfeld <aviya.erenfeld@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
fa962b92 |
|
19-May-2016 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: implement fair queueing per txq mac80211's software queues were designed to work very closely with device tx queues. They are required to make use of 802.11 packet aggregation easily and efficiently. Due to the way 802.11 aggregation is designed it only makes sense to keep fair queuing as close to hardware as possible to reduce induced latency and inertia and provide the best flow responsiveness. This change doesn't translate directly to immediate and significant gains. End result depends on driver's induced latency. Best results can be achieved if driver keeps its own tx queue/fifo fill level to a minimum. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
80a83cfc |
|
19-May-2016 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: skip netdev queue control with software queuing Qdiscs are designed with no regard to 802.11 aggregation requirements and hand out packet-by-packet with no guarantee they are destined to the same tid. This does more bad than good no matter how fairly a given qdisc may behave on an ethernet interface. Software queuing used per-AC netdev subqueue congestion control whenever a global AC limit was hit. This meant in practice a single station or tid queue could starve others rather easily. This could resonate with qdiscs in a bad way or could just end up with poor aggregation performance. Increasing the AC limit would increase induced latency which is also bad. Disabling qdiscs by default and performing taildrop instead of netdev subqueue congestion control on the other hand makes it possible for tid queues to fill up "in the meantime" while preventing stations starving each other. This increases aggregation opportunities and should allow software queuing based drivers achieve better performance by utilizing airtime more efficiently with big aggregates. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e6436be2 |
|
26-Apr-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix statistics leak if dev_alloc_name() fails In the case that dev_alloc_name() fails, e.g. because the name was given by the user and already exists, we need to clean up properly and free the per-CPU statistics. Fix that. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: 5a490510ba5f ("mac80211: use per-CPU TX/RX statistics") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
57fbcce3 |
|
12-Apr-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: remove enum ieee80211_band This enum is already perfectly aliased to enum nl80211_band, and the only reason for it is that we get IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS out of it. There's no really good reason to not declare the number of bands in nl80211 though, so do that and remove the cfg80211 one. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0371a08f |
|
26-Mar-2016 |
Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> |
mac80211: mesh: fix cleanup for mesh pathtable The mesh path table needs to be around for the entire time the interface is in mesh mode, as users can perform an mpath dump at any time. The existing path table lifetime is instead tied to the mesh BSS which can cause crashes when different MBSSes are joined in the context of a single interface, or when the path table is dumped when no MBSS is joined. Introduce a new function to perform the final teardown of the interface and perform path table cleanup there. We already free the individual path elements when the leaving the mesh so no additional cleanup is needed there. This fixes the following crash: [ 47.753026] BUG: unable to handle kernel paging request at fffffff0 [ 47.753026] IP: [<c0239765>] kthread_data+0xa/0xe [ 47.753026] *pde = 00741067 *pte = 00000000 [ 47.753026] Oops: 0000 [#4] PREEMPT [ 47.753026] Modules linked in: ppp_generic slhc 8021q garp mrp sch_fq_codel iptable_mangle ipt_MASQUERADE nf_nat_masquerade_ipv4 iptable_nat nf_conntrack_ipv4 nf_defrag_ipv4 nf_nat_ipv4 nf_nat ip_tables ath9k_htc ath5k 8139too ath10k_pci ath10k_core arc4 ath9k ath9k_common ath9k_hw mac80211 ath cfg80211 cpufreq_powersave br_netfilter bridge stp llc ipw usb_wwan sierra_net usbnet af_alg natsemi via_rhine mii iTCO_wdt iTCO_vendor_support gpio_ich sierra coretemp pcspkr i2c_i801 lpc_ich ata_generic ata_piix libata ide_pci_generic piix e1000e igb i2c_algo_bit ptp pps_core [last unloaded: 8139too] [ 47.753026] CPU: 0 PID: 12 Comm: kworker/u2:1 Tainted: G D W 4.5.0-wt-V3 #6 [ 47.753026] Hardware name: To Be Filled By O.E.M./To be filled by O.E.M., BIOS 080016 11/07/2014 [ 47.753026] task: f645a0c0 ti: f6462000 task.ti: f6462000 [ 47.753026] EIP: 0060:[<c0239765>] EFLAGS: 00010002 CPU: 0 [ 47.753026] EIP is at kthread_data+0xa/0xe [ 47.753026] EAX: 00000000 EBX: 00000000 ECX: 00000000 EDX: 00000000 [ 47.753026] ESI: f645a0c0 EDI: f645a2fc EBP: f6463a80 ESP: f6463a78 [ 47.753026] DS: 007b ES: 007b FS: 0000 GS: 0000 SS: 0068 [ 47.753026] CR0: 8005003b CR2: 00000014 CR3: 353e5000 CR4: 00000690 [ 47.753026] Stack: [ 47.753026] c0236866 00000000 f6463aac c05768b4 00000009 f6463ba8 f6463ab0 c0247010 [ 47.753026] 00000000 f645a0c0 f6464000 00000009 f6463ba8 f6463ab8 c0576eb2 f645a0c0 [ 47.753026] f6463aec c0228be4 c06335a4 f6463adc f6463ad0 c06c06d4 f6463ae4 c02471b0 [ 47.753026] Call Trace: [ 47.753026] [<c0236866>] ? wq_worker_sleeping+0xb/0x78 [ 47.753026] [<c05768b4>] __schedule+0xda/0x587 [ 47.753026] [<c0247010>] ? vprintk_default+0x12/0x14 [ 47.753026] [<c0576eb2>] schedule+0x72/0x89 [ 47.753026] [<c0228be4>] do_exit+0xb8/0x71d [ 47.753026] [<c02471b0>] ? kmsg_dump+0xa9/0xae [ 47.753026] [<c0203576>] oops_end+0x69/0x70 [ 47.753026] [<c021dcdb>] no_context+0x1bb/0x1c5 [ 47.753026] [<c021de1b>] __bad_area_nosemaphore+0x136/0x140 [ 47.753026] [<c021e2ef>] ? vmalloc_sync_all+0x19a/0x19a [ 47.753026] [<c021de32>] bad_area_nosemaphore+0xd/0x10 [ 47.753026] [<c021e0a1>] __do_page_fault+0x26c/0x320 [ 47.753026] [<c021e2ef>] ? vmalloc_sync_all+0x19a/0x19a [ 47.753026] [<c021e2fa>] do_page_fault+0xb/0xd [ 47.753026] [<c05798f8>] error_code+0x58/0x60 [ 47.753026] [<c021e2ef>] ? vmalloc_sync_all+0x19a/0x19a [ 47.753026] [<c0239765>] ? kthread_data+0xa/0xe [ 47.753026] [<c0236866>] ? wq_worker_sleeping+0xb/0x78 [ 47.753026] [<c05768b4>] __schedule+0xda/0x587 [ 47.753026] [<c0247010>] ? vprintk_default+0x12/0x14 [ 47.753026] [<c0576eb2>] schedule+0x72/0x89 [ 47.753026] [<c0228be4>] do_exit+0xb8/0x71d [ 47.753026] [<c02471b0>] ? kmsg_dump+0xa9/0xae [ 47.753026] [<c0203576>] oops_end+0x69/0x70 [ 47.753026] [<c021dcdb>] no_context+0x1bb/0x1c5 [ 47.753026] [<c021de1b>] __bad_area_nosemaphore+0x136/0x140 [ 47.753026] [<c021e2ef>] ? vmalloc_sync_all+0x19a/0x19a [ 47.753026] [<c021de32>] bad_area_nosemaphore+0xd/0x10 [ 47.753026] [<c021e0a1>] __do_page_fault+0x26c/0x320 [ 47.753026] [<c021e2ef>] ? vmalloc_sync_all+0x19a/0x19a [ 47.753026] [<c021e2fa>] do_page_fault+0xb/0xd [ 47.753026] [<c05798f8>] error_code+0x58/0x60 [ 47.753026] [<c021e2ef>] ? vmalloc_sync_all+0x19a/0x19a [ 47.753026] [<c0239765>] ? kthread_data+0xa/0xe [ 47.753026] [<c0236866>] ? wq_worker_sleeping+0xb/0x78 [ 47.753026] [<c05768b4>] __schedule+0xda/0x587 [ 47.753026] [<c0391e32>] ? put_io_context_active+0x6d/0x95 [ 47.753026] [<c0576eb2>] schedule+0x72/0x89 [ 47.753026] [<c02291f8>] do_exit+0x6cc/0x71d [ 47.753026] [<c0203576>] oops_end+0x69/0x70 [ 47.753026] [<c021dcdb>] no_context+0x1bb/0x1c5 [ 47.753026] [<c021de1b>] __bad_area_nosemaphore+0x136/0x140 [ 47.753026] [<c021e2ef>] ? vmalloc_sync_all+0x19a/0x19a [ 47.753026] [<c021de32>] bad_area_nosemaphore+0xd/0x10 [ 47.753026] [<c021e0a1>] __do_page_fault+0x26c/0x320 [ 47.753026] [<c03b9160>] ? debug_smp_processor_id+0x12/0x16 [ 47.753026] [<c02015e2>] ? __switch_to+0x24/0x40e [ 47.753026] [<c021e2ef>] ? vmalloc_sync_all+0x19a/0x19a [ 47.753026] [<c021e2fa>] do_page_fault+0xb/0xd [ 47.753026] [<c05798f8>] error_code+0x58/0x60 [ 47.753026] [<c021e2ef>] ? vmalloc_sync_all+0x19a/0x19a [ 47.753026] [<c03b59d2>] ? rhashtable_walk_init+0x5c/0x93 [ 47.753026] [<f9843221>] mesh_path_tbl_expire.isra.24+0x19/0x82 [mac80211] [ 47.753026] [<f984408b>] mesh_path_expire+0x11/0x1f [mac80211] [ 47.753026] [<f9842bb7>] ieee80211_mesh_work+0x73/0x1a9 [mac80211] [ 47.753026] [<f98207d1>] ieee80211_iface_work+0x2ff/0x311 [mac80211] [ 47.753026] [<c0235fa3>] process_one_work+0x14b/0x24e [ 47.753026] [<c0236313>] worker_thread+0x249/0x343 [ 47.753026] [<c02360ca>] ? process_scheduled_works+0x24/0x24 [ 47.753026] [<c0239359>] kthread+0x9e/0xa3 [ 47.753026] [<c0578e50>] ret_from_kernel_thread+0x20/0x40 [ 47.753026] [<c02392bb>] ? kthread_parkme+0x18/0x18 [ 47.753026] Code: 6b c0 85 c0 75 05 e8 fb 74 fc ff 89 f8 84 c0 75 08 8d 45 e8 e8 34 dd 33 00 83 c4 28 5b 5e 5f 5d c3 55 8b 80 10 02 00 00 89 e5 5d <8b> 40 f0 c3 55 b9 04 00 00 00 89 e5 52 8b 90 10 02 00 00 8d 45 [ 47.753026] EIP: [<c0239765>] kthread_data+0xa/0xe SS:ESP 0068:f6463a78 [ 47.753026] CR2: 00000000fffffff0 [ 47.753026] ---[ end trace 867ca0bdd0767790 ]--- Fixes: 3b302ada7f0a ("mac80211: mesh: move path tables into if_mesh") Reported-by: Fred Veldini <fred.veldini@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f2ac7e30 |
|
27-Jan-2016 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: expose txq queue depth and size to drivers This will allow drivers to make more educated decisions whether to defer transmission or not. Relying on wake_tx_queue() call count implicitly was not possible because it could be called without queued frame count actually changing on software tx aggregation start/stop code paths. It was also not possible to know how long byte-wise queue was without dequeueing. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2a58d42c |
|
21-Jan-2016 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: fix txq queue related crashes The driver can access the queue simultanously while mac80211 tears down the interface. Without spinlock protection this could lead to corrupting sk_buff_head and subsequently to an invalid pointer dereference. Fixes: ba8c3d6f16a1 ("mac80211: add an intermediate software queue implementation") Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
23a1f8d4 |
|
08-Dec-2015 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
mac80211: process and save VHT MU-MIMO group frame The Group ID Management frame is an Action frame of category VHT. It is transmitted by the AP to assign or change the user position of a STA for one or more group IDs. Process and save the group membership data. Notify underlying driver of changes. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
835112b2 |
|
17-Nov-2015 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: don't teardown sdata on sdata stop Interfaces are being initialized (setup) on addition, and torn down on removal. However, p2p device is being torn down when stopped, resulting in the next p2p start operation being done on uninitialized interface. Solve it by calling ieee80211_teardown_sdata() only on interface removal (for the non-netdev case). Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> [squashed in fix to call teardown after unregister] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5ad11b50 |
|
17-Nov-2015 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: ensure we don't update tx power on a non-running sdata We can't update the Tx power on the device unless it is running. This fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=101521. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cec66283 |
|
22-Oct-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: make enable_qos parameter to ieee80211_set_wmm_default() The function currently determines this value, for use in bss_info.qos, based on the interface type itself. Make it a parameter instead and set it with the same logic for now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4a733ef1 |
|
14-Oct-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove PM-QoS listener As this API has never really seen any use and most drivers don't ever use the value derived from it, remove it. Change the only driver using it (rt2x00) to simply use the DTIM period instead of the "max sleep" time. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
fc58c47e |
|
15-Aug-2015 |
Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> |
mac80211: process skb_queue while scanning in HW Queued frames aren't processed during scan, which results in an inability to complete the BA session establishment until the scan ends. Since we can't tx frames until the BA agreement setup is complete, it might result in a very large latency during scan. Fix this by allowing to process queued skbs while scanning in HW. This should be ok since the devices which support hw scan should be able to handle tx/rx while scanning. During SW scan, mac80211 drops any txed frames besides probes and NDPs, so it is still needed to delay processing of the queued frames till the SW scan is done. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b119ad6e |
|
06-Aug-2015 |
Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com> |
mac80211: add rate mask logic for vht rates Define rc_rateidx_vht_mcs_mask array and rate_idx_match_vht_mcs_mask() method in order to apply mcs mask for vht rates Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c8ff71e6 |
|
08-Jul-2015 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: TDLS: handle chan-switch in RTNL locked work Move TDLS channel-switch Rx handling into an RTNL locked work. This is required to add proper regulatory checking to incoming channel-switch requests. Queue incoming requests in a dedicated skb queue and handle the request in a device-specific work to avoid deadlocking on interface removal. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d8d9008c |
|
08-Jul-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: shut down interfaces before destroying interface list If the hardware is unregistered while interfaces are up, mac80211 will unregister all interfaces, which in turns causes mac80211 to be called again to remove them all from the driver and eventually shut down the hardware. During this shutdown, however, it's currently already unsafe to iterate the list of interfaces atomically, as the list is manipulated in an unsafe manner. This puts an undue burden on the driver - it must stop all its activities before calling ieee80211_unregister_hw(), while in the normal stop path it can do all cleanup in the stop method. If, for example, it's using the iteration during RX for some reason, it would have to stop RX before unregistering to avoid crashes. Fix this problem by closing all interfaces before unregistering them. This will cause the driver stop to have completed before we manipulate the interface list, and after the driver is stopped *and* has called ieee80211_unregister_hw() it really musn't be iterating any more as the memory will be freed as well. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
30686bf7 |
|
02-Jun-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: convert HW flags to unsigned long bitmap As we're running out of hardware capability flags pretty quickly, convert them to use the regular test_bit() style unsigned long bitmaps. This introduces a number of helper functions/macros to set and to test the bits, along with new debugfs code. The occurrences of an explicit __clear_bit() are intentional, the drivers were never supposed to change their supported bits on the fly. We should investigate changing this to be a per-frame flag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f9dca80b |
|
13-May-2015 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: fix AP_VLAN crypto tailroom calculation Some splats I was seeing: (a) WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 0 at /devel/src/linux/net/mac80211/wep.c:102 ieee80211_wep_add_iv (b) WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 0 at /devel/src/linux/net/mac80211/wpa.c:73 ieee80211_tx_h_michael_mic_add (c) WARNING: CPU: 3 PID: 0 at /devel/src/linux/net/mac80211/wpa.c:433 ieee80211_crypto_ccmp_encrypt I've seen (a) and (b) with ath9k hw crypto and (c) with ath9k sw crypto. All of them were related to insufficient skb tailroom and I was able to trigger these with ping6 program. AP_VLANs may inherit crypto keys from parent AP. This wasn't considered and yielded problems in some setups resulting in inability to transmit data because mac80211 wouldn't resize skbs when necessary and subsequently drop some packets due to insufficient tailroom. For efficiency purposes don't inspect both AP_VLAN and AP sdata looking for tailroom counter. Instead update AP_VLAN tailroom counters whenever their master AP tailroom counter changes. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5a490510 |
|
22-Apr-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use per-CPU TX/RX statistics This isn't all that relevant for RX right now, but TX can be concurrent due to multi-queue and the accounting is therefore broken. Use the standard per-CPU statistics to avoid this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
df140465 |
|
22-Apr-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove support for IFF_PROMISC This support is essentially useless as typically networks are encrypted, frames will be filtered by hardware, and rate scaling will be done with the intended recipient in mind. For real monitoring of the network, the monitor mode support should be used instead. Removing it removes a lot of corner cases. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5eb8f4d7 |
|
13-Apr-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: don't warn when stopping VLAN with stations Stations assigned to an AP_VLAN type interface are flushed when the interface is stopped, but then we warn about it. Suppress the warning since there's nothing else that would ensure those stations are already removed at this point. Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ba8c3d6f |
|
27-Mar-2015 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add an intermediate software queue implementation This allows drivers to request per-vif and per-sta-tid queues from which they can pull frames. This makes it easier to keep the hardware queues short, and to improve fairness between clients and vifs. The task of scheduling packet transmission is left up to the driver - queueing is controlled by mac80211. Drivers can only dequeue packets by calling ieee80211_tx_dequeue. This makes it possible to add active queue management later without changing drivers using this code. This can also be used as a starting point to implement A-MSDU aggregation in a way that does not add artificially induced latency. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [resolved minor context conflict, minor changes, endian annotations] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6bab2e19 |
|
18-Mar-2015 |
Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no> |
cfg80211: pass name_assign_type to rdev_add_virtual_intf() This will expose in /sys whether the ifname of a device is set by userspace or generated by the kernel. The latter kind (wlanX, etc) is not deterministic, so userspace needs to rename these devices to names that are guaranteed to stay the same between reboots. The former, however should never be renamed, so userspace needs to be able to reliably tell the difference. Similar functionality was introduced for the rtnetlink core in commit 5517750f058e ("net: rtnetlink - make create_link take name_assign_type") Signed-off-by: Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no> Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> Cc: Brett Rudley <brudley@broadcom.com> Cc: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com> Cc: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com> Cc: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> [reformat changelog to fit 72 cols] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e8f4fb7c |
|
20-Mar-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove drop_unencrypted code This mechanism was historic, and only ever used by IBSS, which also doesn't need to have it as it properly manages station's 802.1X PAE state (or, with WEP, always has a key.) Remove the mechanism to clean up the code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4afaff17 |
|
22-Jan-2015 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: avoid races related to suspend flow When we go to suspend, there is complex set of states that avoids races. The quiescing variable is set whlie __ieee80211_suspend is running. Then suspended is set. The code makes sure there is no window without any of these flags. The problem is that workers can still be enqueued while we are quiescing. This leads to situations where the driver is already suspending and other flows like disassociation are handled by a worker. To fix this, we need to check quiescing and suspended flags in the worker itself and not only before enqueueing it. I also add here extensive documentation to ease the understanding of these complex issues. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
db82d8a9 |
|
13-Jan-2015 |
Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com> |
mac80211: enable TPC through mac80211 stack Control per packet Transmit Power Control (TPC) in lower drivers according to TX power settings configured by the user. In particular TPC is enabled if value passed in enum nl80211_tx_power_setting is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if nl80211_tx_power_setting is set to NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace) Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3b24f4c6 |
|
07-Jan-2015 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: let flush() drop packets when possible When roaming / suspending, it makes no sense to wait until the transmit queues of the device are empty. In extreme condition they can be starved (VO saturating the air), but even in regular cases, it is pointless to delay the roaming because the low level driver is trying to send packets to an AP which is far away. We'd rather drop these packets and let TCP retransmit if needed. This will allow to speed up the roaming. For suspend, the explanation is even more trivial. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2967e031 |
|
24-Nov-2014 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: copy chandef from AP vif to VLANs Instead of keeping track of all those special cases where VLAN interfaces have no bss_conf.chandef, just make sure they have the same as the AP interface they belong to. Among others, this fixes a crash getting a VLAN's channel from userspace since a NULL channel is returned as a good result (return value 0) for VLANs since the commit below. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.18 only] Fixes: c12bc4885f4b3 ("mac80211: return the vif's chandef in ieee80211_cfg_get_channel()") Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [rewrite commit log] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8a4d32f3 |
|
09-Nov-2014 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: add TDLS channel-switch Rx flow When receiving a TDLS channel switch request or response, parse the frame and call a new tdls_recv_channel_switch op in the low level driver with the parsed data. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
239281f8 |
|
03-Nov-2014 |
Rostislav Lisovy <lisovy@gmail.com> |
mac80211: 802.11p OCB mode support This patch adds 802.11p OCB (Outside the Context of a BSS) mode support. When communicating in OCB mode a mandatory wildcard BSSID (48 '1' bits) is used. The EDCA parameters handling function was changed to support 802.11p specific values. The insertion of a newly discovered STAs is done in the similar way as in the IBSS mode -- through the deferred insertion. The OCB mode uses a periodic 'housekeeping task' for expiration of disconnected STAs (in the similar manner as in the MESH mode). New Kconfig option for verbose OCB debugging outputs is added. Signed-off-by: Rostislav Lisovy <rostislav.lisovy@fel.cvut.cz> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6e0bd6c3 |
|
03-Nov-2014 |
Rostislav Lisovy <lisovy@gmail.com> |
cfg80211: 802.11p OCB mode handling This patch adds new iface type (NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB) representing the OCB (Outside the Context of a BSS) mode. When establishing a connection to the network a cfg80211_join_ocb function is called (particular nl80211_command is added as well). A mandatory parameters during the ocb_join operation are 'center frequency' and 'channel width (5/10 MHz)'. Changes done in mac80211 are minimal possible required to avoid many warnings (warning: enumeration value 'NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB' not handled in switch) during compilation. Full functionality (where needed) is added in the following patch. Signed-off-by: Rostislav Lisovy <rostislav.lisovy@fel.cvut.cz> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
46238845 |
|
21-Oct-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: properly flush delayed scan work on interface removal When an interface is deleted, an ongoing hardware scan is canceled and the driver must abort the scan, at the very least reporting completion while the interface is removed. However, if it scheduled the work that might only run after everything is said and done, which leads to cfg80211 warning that the scan isn't reported as finished yet; this is no fault of the driver, it already did, but mac80211 hasn't processed it. To fix this situation, flush the delayed work when the interface being removed is the one that was executing the scan. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Reported-by: Sujith Manoharan <sujith@msujith.org> Tested-by: Sujith Manoharan <sujith@msujith.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
10b68487 |
|
27-Oct-2014 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: flush keys for AP mode on ieee80211_do_stop Userspace can add keys to an AP mode interface before start_ap has been called. If there have been no calls to start_ap/stop_ap in the mean time, the keys will still be around when the interface is brought down. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [adjust comments, fix AP_VLAN case] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b5dfae02 |
|
22-Oct-2014 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: support creating vifs with specified mac address This is useful when creating virtual interfaces. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0c21e632 |
|
08-Oct-2014 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
mac80211: wait for the first beacon on the new channel after CSA Instead of immediately reopening the queues (in case of block_tx), calling the post_channel_switch operation and sending the notification, wait for the first beacon on the new channel. This makes sure that we don't lose packets if the AP/GO is not on the new channel yet. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d98ad83e |
|
03-Sep-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add Intel Mobile Communications copyright Our legal structure changed at some point (see wikipedia), but we forgot to immediately switch over to the new copyright notice. For files that we have modified in the time since the change, add the proper copyright notice now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4549cf2b |
|
02-Sep-2014 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: fix offloaded BA session traffic after hw restart When starting an offloaded BA session it is unknown what starting sequence number should be used. Using last_seq worked in most cases except after hw restart. When hw restart is requested last_seq is (rightfully so) kept unmodified. This ended up with BA sessions being restarted with an aribtrary BA window values resulting in dropped frames until sequence numbers caught up. Instead of last_seq pick seqno of a first Rxed frame of a given BA session. This fixes stalled traffic after hw restart with offloaded BA sessions (currently only ath10k). Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c7dcb45f |
|
29-Jul-2014 |
Denton Gentry <denton.gentry@gmail.com> |
mac80211: fix start_seq_num in Rx reorder offload sta->last_seq_ctrl is the seq_ctrl field from the last header seen, need to shift it 4 bits to extract the sequence number. Otherwise the ieee80211_sn_less() check at the top of ieee80211_sta_manage_reorder_buf drops frames until the sequence number catches up. Cc: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Denton Gentry <denton.gentry@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
08cf42e8 |
|
15-Jul-2014 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: add support for Rx reordering offloading Some drivers may be performing most of Tx/Rx aggregation on their own (e.g. in firmware) including AddBa/DelBa negotiations but may otherwise require Rx reordering assistance. The patch exports 2 new functions for establishing Rx aggregation sessions in assumption device driver has taken care of the necessary negotiations. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> [fix endian bug] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
81dd2b88 |
|
17-Jul-2014 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: move TDLS data to mgd private part We can only be a station for TDLS connections. Also fix a bug where a delayed work could be left scheduled if the station interface was brought down during TDLS setup. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c835a677 |
|
14-Jul-2014 |
Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no> |
net: set name_assign_type in alloc_netdev() Extend alloc_netdev{,_mq{,s}}() to take name_assign_type as argument, and convert all users to pass NET_NAME_UNKNOWN. Coccinelle patch: @@ expression sizeof_priv, name, setup, txqs, rxqs, count; @@ ( -alloc_netdev_mqs(sizeof_priv, name, setup, txqs, rxqs) +alloc_netdev_mqs(sizeof_priv, name, NET_NAME_UNKNOWN, setup, txqs, rxqs) | -alloc_netdev_mq(sizeof_priv, name, setup, count) +alloc_netdev_mq(sizeof_priv, name, NET_NAME_UNKNOWN, setup, count) | -alloc_netdev(sizeof_priv, name, setup) +alloc_netdev(sizeof_priv, name, NET_NAME_UNKNOWN, setup) ) v9: move comments here from the wrong commit Signed-off-by: Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no> Reviewed-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
17e6a59a |
|
11-Jun-2014 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: cleanup TDLS state during failed setup When setting up a TDLS session, register a delayed work to remove the peer if setup times out. Prevent concurrent setups to support this capacity. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a46992b4 |
|
13-Jun-2014 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
mac80211: stop only the queues assigned to the vif during channel switch Instead of stopping all the hardware queues during channel switch, which is especially bad when we have large CSA counts, stop only the queues that are assigned to the vif that is performing the channel switch. Additionally, check for (sdata->csa_block_tx) instead of calling ieee80211_csa_needs_block_tx(), which can now be removed. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cca07b00 |
|
13-Jun-2014 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
mac80211: introduce refcount for queue_stop_reasons Sometimes different vifs may be stopping the queues for the same reason (e.g. when several interfaces are performing a channel switch). Instead of using a bitmask for the reasons, use an integer that holds a refcount instead. In order to keep it backwards compatible, introduce a boolean in some functions that tell us whether the queue stopping should be refcounted or not. For now, use not refcounted for all calls to keep it functionally the same as before. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b7ffbd7e |
|
04-Jun-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: make ethtool the driver's responsibility Currently, cfg80211 tries to implement ethtool, but that doesn't really scale well, with all the different operations. Make the lower-level driver responsible for it, which currently only has an effect on mac80211. It will similarly not scale well at that level though, since mac80211 also has many drivers. To cleanly implement this in mac80211, introduce a new file and move some code to appropriate places. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
87757a91 |
|
06-Jun-2014 |
Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> |
net: force a list_del() in unregister_netdevice_many() unregister_netdevice_many() API is error prone and we had too many bugs because of dangling LIST_HEAD on stacks. See commit f87e6f47933e3e ("net: dont leave active on stack LIST_HEAD") In fact, instead of making sure no caller leaves an active list_head, just force a list_del() in the callee. No one seems to need to access the list after unregister_netdevice_many() Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
d3a58df8 |
|
21-May-2014 |
Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> |
mac80211: set new interfaces as idle upon init Mark new interfaces as idle to allow operations that require that interfaces are idle to take place. Interface types that are always not idle (like AP interfaces) will be set as not idle when they are assigned a channel context. Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach<emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
34171dc0 |
|
25-May-2014 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix virtual monitor interface addition Since the commit below, cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required() will warn if it gets a an NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED iftype as explicitely written in the commit log. When an virtual monitor interface is added, its type is set in ieee80211_sub_if_data.vif.type, but not in ieee80211_sub_if_data.wdev.iftype which is passed to cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required() hence resulting in the following warning: WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 21265 at net/wireless/chan.c:376 cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required+0xbc/0x130 [cfg80211]() Modules linked in: [...] CPU: 1 PID: 21265 Comm: ifconfig Tainted: G W O 3.13.11+ #12 Hardware name: Dell Inc. Latitude E6410/0667CC, BIOS A01 03/05/2010 0000000000000009 ffff88008f5fdb08 ffffffff817d4219 ffff88008f5fdb50 ffff88008f5fdb40 ffffffff8106f57d 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 ffff880081062fb8 ffff8800810604e0 0000000000000001 ffff88008f5fdba0 Call Trace: [<ffffffff817d4219>] dump_stack+0x4d/0x66 [<ffffffff8106f57d>] warn_slowpath_common+0x7d/0xa0 [<ffffffff8106f5ec>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x4c/0x50 [<ffffffffa04ea4ec>] cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required+0xbc/0x130 [cfg80211] [<ffffffffa06b1024>] ieee80211_vif_use_channel+0x94/0x500 [mac80211] [<ffffffffa0684e6b>] ieee80211_add_virtual_monitor+0x1ab/0x5c0 [mac80211] [<ffffffffa0686ae5>] ieee80211_do_open+0xe75/0x1580 [mac80211] [<ffffffffa0687259>] ieee80211_open+0x69/0x70 [mac80211] [snip] Fixes: 00ec75fc5a64 ("cfg80211: pass the actual iftype when calling cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required()") Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
59af6928 |
|
09-Apr-2014 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: fix CSA tx queue stopping It was possible for tx queues to be stuck stopped if AP CSA finalization failed. In that case neither stop_ap nor do_stop woke the queues up. This means it was impossible to perform tx at all until driver was reloaded or a successful CSA was performed later. It was possible to solve this in a simpler manner however this is more robust and future proof (having multi-vif CSA in mind). New sdata->csa_block_tx is introduced to keep track of which interfaces requested tx to be blocked for CSA. This is required because mac80211 stops all tx queues for that purpose. This means queues must be awoken only when last tx-blocking CSA interface is finished. It is still possible to have tx queues stopped after CSA failure but as soon as offending interfaces are stopped from userspace (stop_ap or ifdown) tx queues are woken up properly. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8bd811aa |
|
20-Apr-2014 |
Zhao, Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com> |
mac80211: change return value of notifier function Return NOTIFY_DONE if we don't care this time's notification, return NOTIFY_OK if we successfully handled this time's notification. That's the formal way to do it. Signed-off-by: Zhao, Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e3afb920 |
|
09-Apr-2014 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: track reserved vifs in chanctx This can be useful. Provides a more straghtforward way to iterate over interfaces taking part in chanctx reservation and allows tracking chanctx usage explicitly. The structure is protected by local->chanctx_mtx. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
484298ad |
|
09-Apr-2014 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: track assigned vifs in chanctx This can be useful. Provides a more straghtforward way to iterate over interfaces bound to a given chanctx and allows tracking chanctx usage explicitly. The structure is protected by local->chanctx_mtx. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4e141dad |
|
05-Mar-2014 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: protect AP VLAN list with local->mtx It was impossible to change chanctx of master AP for AP VLANs because the copy function requires RTNL which can't be simply taken in mac80211 code due to possible deadlocks. This is required for future chanctx reservation that re-bind vifs to new chanctx. This requires safe AP VLAN iteration without RTNL. Now VLANs can be iterated while holding either RTNL or local->mtx because the list is modified while holding both of these locks. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b6a55015 |
|
27-Feb-2014 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: move more combination checks to mac80211 Get rid of the cfg80211_can_add_interface() and cfg80211_can_change_interface() functions by moving that functionality to mac80211. With this patch all interface combination checks are now out of cfg80211 (except for the channel switch case which will be addressed in a future commit). Additionally, modify the ieee80211_check_combinations() function so that an undefined chandef can be passed, in order to use it before a channel is defined. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0c2bef46 |
|
23-Mar-2014 |
Monam Agarwal <monamagarwal123@gmail.com> |
mac80211: use RCU_INIT_POINTER rcu_assign_pointer() ensures that the initialization of a structure is carried out before storing a pointer to that structure. However, in the case that NULL is assigned there's no structure to initialize so using RCU_INIT_POINTER instead is safe and more efficient. Signed-off-by: Monam Agarwal <monamagarwal123@gmail.com> [squash eight tiny patches, rewrite commit log] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
99932d4f |
|
16-Feb-2014 |
Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net> |
netdevice: add queue selection fallback handler for ndo_select_queue Add a new argument for ndo_select_queue() callback that passes a fallback handler. This gets invoked through netdev_pick_tx(); fallback handler is currently __netdev_pick_tx() as most drivers invoke this function within their customized implementation in case for skbs that don't need any special handling. This fallback handler can then be replaced on other call-sites with different queue selection methods (e.g. in packet sockets, pktgen etc). This also has the nice side-effect that __netdev_pick_tx() is then only invoked from netdev_pick_tx() and export of that function to modules can be undone. Suggested-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
1d5e1266 |
|
12-Feb-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: simplify roc check in idle calculation There's no need to start iterating the list only to break on the first item, just use !list_empty() and also simplify the whole conditional into a single expression. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
fab57a6c |
|
29-Jan-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix virtual monitor interface iteration During channel context assignment, the interface should be found by interface iteration, so we need to assign the pointer before the channel context. Reported-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Tested-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8ffcc704 |
|
23-Jan-2014 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: avoid deadlock revealed by lockdep sdata->u.ap.request_smps_work can’t be flushed synchronously under wdev_lock(wdev) since ieee80211_request_smps_ap_work itself locks the same lock. While at it, reset the driver_smps_mode when the ap is stopped to its default: OFF. This solves: ====================================================== [ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ] 3.12.0-ipeer+ #2 Tainted: G O ------------------------------------------------------- rmmod/2867 is trying to acquire lock: ((&sdata->u.ap.request_smps_work)){+.+...}, at: [<c105b8d0>] flush_work+0x0/0x90 but task is already holding lock: (&wdev->mtx){+.+.+.}, at: [<f9b32626>] cfg80211_stop_ap+0x26/0x230 [cfg80211] which lock already depends on the new lock. the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is: -> #1 (&wdev->mtx){+.+.+.}: [<c10aefa9>] lock_acquire+0x79/0xe0 [<c1607a1a>] mutex_lock_nested+0x4a/0x360 [<fb06288b>] ieee80211_request_smps_ap_work+0x2b/0x50 [mac80211] [<c105cdd8>] process_one_work+0x198/0x450 [<c105d469>] worker_thread+0xf9/0x320 [<c10669ff>] kthread+0x9f/0xb0 [<c1613397>] ret_from_kernel_thread+0x1b/0x28 -> #0 ((&sdata->u.ap.request_smps_work)){+.+...}: [<c10ae9df>] __lock_acquire+0x183f/0x1910 [<c10aefa9>] lock_acquire+0x79/0xe0 [<c105b917>] flush_work+0x47/0x90 [<c105d867>] __cancel_work_timer+0x67/0xe0 [<c105d90f>] cancel_work_sync+0xf/0x20 [<fb0765cc>] ieee80211_stop_ap+0x8c/0x340 [mac80211] [<f9b3268c>] cfg80211_stop_ap+0x8c/0x230 [cfg80211] [<f9b0d8f9>] cfg80211_leave+0x79/0x100 [cfg80211] [<f9b0da72>] cfg80211_netdev_notifier_call+0xf2/0x4f0 [cfg80211] [<c160f2c9>] notifier_call_chain+0x59/0x130 [<c106c6de>] __raw_notifier_call_chain+0x1e/0x30 [<c106c70f>] raw_notifier_call_chain+0x1f/0x30 [<c14f8213>] call_netdevice_notifiers_info+0x33/0x70 [<c14f8263>] call_netdevice_notifiers+0x13/0x20 [<c14f82a4>] __dev_close_many+0x34/0xb0 [<c14f83fe>] dev_close_many+0x6e/0xc0 [<c14f9c77>] rollback_registered_many+0xa7/0x1f0 [<c14f9dd4>] unregister_netdevice_many+0x14/0x60 [<fb06f4d9>] ieee80211_remove_interfaces+0xe9/0x170 [mac80211] [<fb055116>] ieee80211_unregister_hw+0x56/0x110 [mac80211] [<fa3e9396>] iwl_op_mode_mvm_stop+0x26/0xe0 [iwlmvm] [<f9b9d8ca>] _iwl_op_mode_stop+0x3a/0x70 [iwlwifi] [<f9b9d96f>] iwl_opmode_deregister+0x6f/0x90 [iwlwifi] [<fa405179>] __exit_compat+0xd/0x19 [iwlmvm] [<c10b8bf9>] SyS_delete_module+0x179/0x2b0 [<c1613421>] sysenter_do_call+0x12/0x32 Fixes: 687da132234f ("mac80211: implement SMPS for AP") Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.13] Reported-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
dbd72850 |
|
28-Jan-2014 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: add missing CSA locking The patch adds a missing sdata lock and adds a few lockdeps for easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f663dd9a |
|
10-Jan-2014 |
Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com> |
net: core: explicitly select a txq before doing l2 forwarding Currently, the tx queue were selected implicitly in ndo_dfwd_start_xmit(). The will cause several issues: - NETIF_F_LLTX were removed for macvlan, so txq lock were done for macvlan instead of lower device which misses the necessary txq synchronization for lower device such as txq stopping or frozen required by dev watchdog or control path. - dev_hard_start_xmit() was called with NULL txq which bypasses the net device watchdog. - dev_hard_start_xmit() does not check txq everywhere which will lead a crash when tso is disabled for lower device. Fix this by explicitly introducing a new param for .ndo_select_queue() for just selecting queues in the case of l2 forwarding offload. netdev_pick_tx() was also extended to accept this parameter and dev_queue_xmit_accel() was used to do l2 forwarding transmission. With this fixes, NETIF_F_LLTX could be preserved for macvlan and there's no need to check txq against NULL in dev_hard_start_xmit(). Also there's no need to keep a dedicated ndo_dfwd_start_xmit() and we can just reuse the code of dev_queue_xmit() to do the transmission. In the future, it was also required for macvtap l2 forwarding support since it provides a necessary synchronization method. Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com> Cc: e1000-devel@lists.sourceforge.net Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com> Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
496d7e8e |
|
26-Dec-2013 |
dingtianhong <dingtianhong@huawei.com> |
mac8011: slight optimization of addr compare Use the possibly more efficient ether_addr_equal to instead of memcmp. Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Wang Weidong <wangweidong1@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ding Tianhong <dingtianhong@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
34a3740d |
|
18-Dec-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix iflist_mtx/mtx locking in radar detection The scan code creates an iflist_mtx -> mtx locking dependency, and a few other places, notably radar detection, were creating the opposite dependency, causing lockdep to complain. As scan and radar detection are mutually exclusive, the deadlock can't really happen in practice, but it's still bad form. A similar issue exists in the monitor mode code, but this is only used by channel-context drivers right now and those have to have hardware scan, so that also can't happen. Still, fix these issues by making some of the channel context code require the mtx to be held rather than acquiring it, thus allowing the monitor/radar callers to keep the iflist_mtx->mtx lock ordering. While at it, also fix access to the local->scanning variable in the radar code, and document that radar_detect_enabled is now properly protected by the mtx. All this would now introduce an ABBA deadlock between the DFS work cancelling and local->mtx, so change the locking there a bit to not need to use cancel_delayed_work_sync() but be able to just use cancel_delayed_work(). The work is also safely stopped/removed when the interface is stopped, so no extra changes are needed. Reported-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> Tested-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6924d013 |
|
18-Dec-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove unnecessary iflist_mtx locking The radar detection code changed a few times, and due to the changes some iflist_mtx locking stayed in that isn't actually necessary - remove it. One version of the code needed it because an AP interface's VLAN list was changed to use this, but then we moved the list handling outside of the chanctx handling and thus the locking was no longer needed. Tested-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7907c7d3 |
|
04-Dec-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: free all AP/VLAN keys at once When the AP interface is stopped, free all AP and VLAN keys at once to only require synchronize_net() once. Since that does synchronize_net(), also move two such calls into the function (using the new force_synchronize parameter) to avoid doing it twice. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d34ba216 |
|
04-Dec-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: don't delay station destruction If we can assume that stations are never referenced by the driver after sta_state returns (and this is true since the previous iwlmvm patch and for all other drivers) then we don't need to delay station destruction, and don't need to play tricks with rcu_barrier() etc. This should speed up some scenarios like hostapd shutdown. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
18cfd3bf |
|
03-Dec-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
Revert "mac80211: add driver callback for per-interface multicast filter" This reverts commit 488b366a452934141959384c7a1b52b22d6154ef. The code isn't used by anyone, and the Intel driver isn't planning to use it either right now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2ce6a0f5 |
|
18-Nov-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove sta_info_flush() from interface teardown All interface types now properly clean up their stations using some form of sta_info_flush() themselves, so there's no need to try it again at teardown. Remove the call to get rid of the extra delay from the synchronize_net() and rcu_barrier() calls. Reported-by: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2475b1cc |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com> |
mac80211: add generic cipher scheme support This adds generic cipher scheme support to mac80211, such schemes are fully under control by the driver. On hw registration drivers may specify additional HW ciphers with a scheme how these ciphers have to be handled by mac80211 TX/RR. A cipher scheme specifies a cipher suite value, a size of the security header to be added to or stripped from frames and how the PN is to be verified on RX. Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d2859df5 |
|
06-Nov-2013 |
Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: DFS setup chandef for cac event To report channel width correctly we have to send correct channel parameters from mac80211 when calling cfg80211_cac_event(). This is required in case of using channel width higher than 20MHz and we have to set correct dfs channel state after CAC (NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE). Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com> Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
57fb089f |
|
08-Nov-2013 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: fix crash when using AP VLAN interfaces Commit "mac80211: implement SMPS for AP" applies to AP_VLAN as well. It assumes that sta->sdata->vif.bss_conf.bssid is present, which did not get set for AP_VLAN. Initialize it to sdata->vif.addr like for other interface types. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
687da132 |
|
01-Oct-2013 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: implement SMPS for AP When the driver requests to move to STATIC or DYNAMIC SMPS, we send an action frame to each associated station and reconfigure the channel context / driver. Of course, non-MIMO stations are ignored. The beacon isn't updated. The association response will include the original capabilities. Stations that associate while in non-OFF SMPS mode will get an action frame right after association to inform them about our current state. Note that we wait until the end of the EAPOL. Sending an action frame before the EAPOL is finished can be an issue for a few clients. Clients aren't likely to send EAPOL frames in MIMO anyway. When the SMPS configuration gets more permissive (e.g. STATIC -> OFF), we don't wake up stations that are asleep We remember that they don't know about the change and send the action frame when they wake up. When the SMPS configuration gets more restrictive (e.g. OFF -> STATIC), we set the TIM bit for every sleeping STA. uAPSD stations might send MIMO until they poll the action frame, but this is for a short period of time. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> [fix vht streams loop, initialisation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cd7760e6 |
|
28-Aug-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: add support for CSA in IBSS mode This function adds the channel switch announcement implementation for the IBSS code. It is triggered by userspace (mac80211/cfg) or by external channel switch announcement, which have to be adopted. Both CSAs in beacons and action frames are supported. As for AP mode, the channel switch is applied after some time. However in IBSS mode, the channel switch IEs are generated in the kernel. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a9865538 |
|
26-Aug-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix change_interface queue assignments Jouni reported that with mac80211_hwsim, multicast TX was causing crashes due to invalid vif->cab_queue assignment. It turns out that this is caused by change_interface() getting invoked and not having the vif->type/vif->p2p assigned correctly before calling the queue check (ieee80211_check_queues). Fix this by passing the 'external' interface type to the function and adjusting it accordingly. While at it, also fix the error path in change_interface, it wasn't correctly resetting to the external type but using the internal one instead. Fortunately this affects on hwsim because all other drivers set the vif->type/vif->p2p variables when changing iftype. This shouldn't be needed, but almost all implementations actually do it for their own internal handling. Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
73da7d5b |
|
11-Jul-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: add channel switch command and beacon callbacks The count field in CSA must be decremented with each beacon transmitted. This patch implements the functionality for drivers using ieee80211_beacon_get(). Other drivers must call back manually after reaching count == 0. This patch also contains the handling and finish worker for the channel switch command, and mac80211/chanctx code to allow to change a channel definition of an active channel context. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> [small cleanups, catch identical chandef] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0430c883 |
|
08-Jul-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
cfg80211/mac80211: use reduced txpower for 5 and 10 MHz Some regulations (like germany, but also FCC) express their transmission power limit in dBm/MHz or mW/MHz. To cope with that and be on the safe side, reduce the maximum power to half (10 MHz) or quarter (5 MHz) when operating on these reduced bandwidth channels. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
#
31eba5bc |
|
28-May-2013 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: support active monitor interfaces Support them only if the driver advertises support for them via IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ACTIVE_MONITOR. Unlike normal monitor interfaces, they are added to the driver, along with their MAC address. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
351638e7 |
|
27-May-2013 |
Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> |
net: pass info struct via netdevice notifier So far, only net_device * could be passed along with netdevice notifier event. This patch provides a possibility to pass custom structure able to provide info that event listener needs to know. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> v2->v3: fix typo on simeth shortened dev_getter shortened notifier_info struct name v1->v2: fix notifier_call parameter in call_netdevice_notifier() Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
ac20976d |
|
27-May-2013 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: Allow single vif mac address change with addr_mask When changing the MAC address of a single vif mac80211 will check if the new address fits into the address mask specified by the driver. This only needs to be done when using multiple BSSIDs. Hence, check the new address only against all other vifs. Also fix the MAC address assignment on new interfaces if the user changed the address of a vif such that perm_addr is not covered by addr_mask anymore. Resolves: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=57371 Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl> Reported-by: Alessandro Lannocca <alessandro.lannocca@gmail.com> Cc: Alessandro Lannocca <alessandro.lannocca@gmail.com> Cc: Bruno Randolf <br1@thinktube.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c8aa22db |
|
23-May-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: close AP_VLAN interfaces before unregistering all Since Eric's commit efe117ab8 ("Speedup ieee80211_remove_interfaces") there's a bug in mac80211 when it unregisters with AP_VLAN interfaces up. If the AP_VLAN interface was registered after the AP it belongs to (which is the typical case) and then we get into this code path, unregister_netdevice_many() will crash because it isn't prepared to deal with interfaces being closed in the middle of it. Exactly this happens though, because we iterate the list, find the AP master this AP_VLAN belongs to and dev_close() the dependent VLANs. After this, unregister_netdevice_many() won't pick up the fact that the AP_VLAN is already down and will do it again, causing a crash. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [2.6.33+] Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1351c5d3 |
|
23-May-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: assign AP_VLAN hw queues correctly A lot of code in mac80211 assumes that the hw queues are set up correctly for all interfaces (except for monitor) but this isn't true for AP_VLAN interfaces. Fix this by copying the AP master configuration when an AP VLAN is brought up, after this the AP interface can't change its configuration any more and needs to be brought down to change it, which also forces AP_VLAN interfaces down, so just copying in open() is sufficient. Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4c8a9d4b |
|
23-May-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: close AP_VLAN interfaces before unregistering all Since Eric's commit efe117ab8 ("Speedup ieee80211_remove_interfaces") there's a bug in mac80211 when it unregisters with AP_VLAN interfaces up. If the AP_VLAN interface was registered after the AP it belongs to (which is the typical case) and then we get into this code path, unregister_netdevice_many() will crash because it isn't prepared to deal with interfaces being closed in the middle of it. Exactly this happens though, because we iterate the list, find the AP master this AP_VLAN belongs to and dev_close() the dependent VLANs. After this, unregister_netdevice_many() won't pick up the fact that the AP_VLAN is already down and will do it again, causing a crash. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [2.6.33+] Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5f38a112 |
|
23-May-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: assign AP_VLAN hw queues correctly A lot of code in mac80211 assumes that the hw queues are set up correctly for all interfaces (except for monitor) but this isn't true for AP_VLAN interfaces. Fix this by copying the AP master configuration when an AP VLAN is brought up, after this the AP interface can't change its configuration any more and needs to be brought down to change it, which also forces AP_VLAN interfaces down, so just copying in open() is sufficient. Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2b436312 |
|
23-May-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix queue handling crash The code I added in "mac80211: don't start new netdev queues if driver stopped" crashes for monitor and AP VLAN interfaces because while they have a netdev, they don't have queues set up by the driver. To fix the crash, exclude these from queue accounting here and just start their netdev queues unconditionally. For monitor, this is the best we can do, as we can redirect frames there to any other interface and don't know which one that will since it can be different for each frame. For AP VLAN interfaces, we can do better later and actually properly track the queue status. Not doing this is really a separate bug though. Reported-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8ceb5955 |
|
18-Apr-2013 |
Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> |
mac80211: use synchronize_rcu() with rcu_barrier() The RCU docs used to state that rcu_barrier() included a wait for an RCU grace period; however the comments for rcu_barrier() as of commit f0a0e6f... "rcu: Clarify memory-ordering properties of grace-period primitives" contradict this. So add back synchronize_{rcu,net}() to where they once were, but keep the rcu_barrier()s for the call_rcu() callbacks. Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com> Reviewed-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
62a40a15 |
|
08-Apr-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix LED in idle handling feng xiangjun reports that my commit 382a103b2b528a3085cde4ac56fc69d92a828b72 Author: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Date: Fri Mar 22 22:30:09 2013 +0100 mac80211: fix idle handling sequence broke the wireless status LED. The reason is that we now call ieee80211_idle_off() when the channel context is assigned, and that doesn't recalculate the LED state. Fix this by making that function a wrapper around most of idle recalculation while forcing active. Reported-by: feng xiangjun <fengxj325@gmail.com> Tested-by: feng xiangjun <fengxj325@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2b730daa |
|
26-Mar-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: don't start new netdev queues if driver stopped If a new netdev (e.g. an AP VLAN) is created while the driver has queues stopped, the new netdev queues will be started even though they shouldn't. This will lead to frames accumulating on the internal mac80211 pending queues instead of properly being held on the netdev queues. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a2310824 |
|
26-Mar-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: replace some dead code by a warning Given the (nested) switch statements, this code can't be reached, so make it warn instead of manipulating the carrier state which seems purposeful. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b2c0958b |
|
27-Mar-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix do_stop handling while suspended When a device is unplugged while suspended, mac80211 is de-initialized and all interfaces are removed while no state is actually present in the driver. This can cause warnings and driver confusion. Fix this by reordering the do_stop code to not call the driver when it is suspended, i.e. when there's no state in the driver anyway. The previous patches removed a few corner cases in ROC and virtual monitor interfaces so that now this is safe to do and no state should be left over. Reported-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3c3e21e7 |
|
27-Mar-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: destroy virtual monitor interface across suspend It has to be removed from the driver, but completely destroying it helps handle unplug of a device during suspend since then the channel context handling etc. doesn't have to happen later when it's removed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c8f994ee |
|
27-Mar-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: purge remain-on-channel items when suspending They can't really be executed while suspended and could trigger work warnings, so abort all ROC items. When the system resumes the notifications about this will be delivered to userspace which can then act accordingly (though it will assume they were canceled/finished.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
afdc7c18 |
|
27-Mar-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove outdated comment referring to master interface The code now explicitly calls ieee80211_configure_filter() anyway, so nothing needs to be explained. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c5d54fbf |
|
26-Mar-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove ancient reference to master interface The master interface no longer exists ... and hasn't for a few years now, so remove this reference :-) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
382a103b |
|
22-Mar-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix idle handling sequence Corey Richardson reported that my idle handling cleanup (commit fd0f979a1b, "mac80211: simplify idle handling") broke ath9k_htc. The reason appears to be that it wants to go out of idle before switching channels. To fix it, reimplement that sequence. Reported-by: Corey Richardson <corey@octayn.net> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8b305780 |
|
20-Mar-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix virtual monitor interface locking The virtual monitor interface has a locking issue, it calls into the channel context code with the iflist mutex held which isn't allowed since it is usually acquired the other way around. The mutex is still required for the interface iteration, but need not be held across the channel calls. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
39ecc01d |
|
12-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: pass queue bitmap to flush operation There are a number of situations in which mac80211 only really needs to flush queues for one virtual interface, and in fact during this frames might be transmitted on other virtual interfaces. Calculate and pass a queue bitmap to the driver so it knows which queues to flush. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d260ff12 |
|
08-Mar-2013 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
mac80211: remove vif debugfs driver callbacks This basically reverts commit b207cdb07f3f01ec1adaac62e9d0cc918c60a81a. Now is possible to use drv_{add,remove}_interface() and vif->debugfs_dir to create/remove per interface debugfs files. Remove redundant callbacks. Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
488b366a |
|
11-Feb-2013 |
Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> |
mac80211: add driver callback for per-interface multicast filter Some devices have multicast filter capability for each individual virtual interface rather than just a global one. Add an interface specific driver callback allowing such drivers to configure this. Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1861b845 |
|
22-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: simplify AP interface stop For AP interfaces, there's no need to flush stations or keys again when the interface is stopped as already happened when the BSS was stopped on the interface. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7b4396bd |
|
22-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: flush keys when stopping AP Since hostapd will remove keys this isn't usually an issue, but we shouldn't leak keys to the next BSS started on the same interface. For VLANs this also fixes a bug, keys that aren't removed would otherwise be leaked. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8d1f7ecd |
|
22-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: defer tailroom counter manipulation when roaming During roaming, the crypto_tx_tailroom_needed_cnt counter will often take values 2,1,0,1,2 because first keys are removed and then new keys are added. This is inefficient because during the 0->1 transition, synchronize_net must be called to avoid packet races, although typically no packets would be flowing during that time. To avoid that, defer the decrement (2->1, 1->0) when keys are removed (by half a second). This means the counter will really have the values 2,2,2,3,4 ... 2, thus never reaching 0 and having to do the 0->1 transition. Note that this patch entirely disregards the drivers for which this optimisation was done to start with, for them the key removal itself will be expensive because it has to synchronize_net() after the counter is incremented to remove the key from HW crypto. For them the sequence will look like this: 0,1,0,1,0,1,0,1,0 (*) which is clearly a lot more inefficient. This could be addressed separately, during key removal the 0->1->0 sequence isn't necessary. (*) it starts at 0 because HW crypto is on, then goes to 1 when HW crypto is disabled for a key, then back to 0 because the key is deleted; this happens for both keys in the example. When new keys are added, it goes to 1 first because they're added in software; when a key is moved to hardware it goes back to 0 Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
30c97120 |
|
28-Feb-2013 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
mac80211: remove napi Since two years no mac80211 driver implement support for NAPI. Looks this feature is unneeded, so remove it from generic mac80211 code. Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
801d929c |
|
02-Mar-2013 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: another fix for idle handling in monitor mode When setting a monitor interface up or down, the idle state needs to be recalculated, otherwise the hardware will just stay in its previous idle state. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b759f4dd |
|
23-Feb-2013 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: fix idle handling in monitor mode When the driver does not want a monitor mode VIF, no channel context is allocated for it. This causes ieee80211_recalc_idle to put the hardware into idle mode if only a monitor mode is active, breaking injection. Fix this by checking local->monitors in addition to active channel contexts. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
572078be |
|
15-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix harmless station flush warning If an interface is set down while authenticating or associating, there's a station entry that will be removed by the flushing in do_stop() and that will cause a warning. It's otherwise harmless, but avoid the warning by calling ieee80211_mgd_stop() first. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8ffb5c00 |
|
15-Feb-2013 |
Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> |
mac80211: enable vif.cab_queue for mesh Since mesh powersaving was added, pending bcast/mcast frames may go out the CAB queue now. Unfortunately, the queue was only set up for AP mode, so we would try to tx on the IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE. Allow cab_queue for mesh interfaces as well. Fixes the following warning (or crash without MAC80211_VERBOSE_DEBUG): WARNING: at net/mac80211/tx.c:1223 __ieee80211_tx+0x162/0x35f [mac80211]() Modules linked in: mac80211_hwsim mac80211 cfg80211 [...] Pid: 3085, comm: avahi-daemon Tainted: G W 3.8.0-rc1+ #377 Call Trace: [<ffffffff81045c20>] warn_slowpath_common+0x83/0x9c [<ffffffff81045c53>] warn_slowpath_null+0x1a/0x1c [<ffffffffa083aef0>] __ieee80211_tx+0x162/0x35f [mac80211] [<ffffffffa083cb1d>] ieee80211_tx+0xd3/0xf9 [mac80211] [<ffffffffa083cc0f>] ieee80211_xmit+0xcc/0xd5 [mac80211] [<ffffffffa083db59>] ieee80211_subif_start_xmit+0xc53/0xcd8 [mac80211] [<ffffffff81319acd>] dev_hard_start_xmit+0x259/0x3ce [<ffffffff81333d6b>] sch_direct_xmit+0x74/0x17d [<ffffffff8131a0b1>] dev_queue_xmit+0x230/0x414 [<ffffffff8134877a>] ip_finish_output2+0x348/0x3aa [<ffffffff81349029>] ip_finish_output+0x6c/0x71 [<ffffffff81349046>] NF_HOOK_COND.constprop.44+0x18/0x58 [<ffffffff8134a03a>] ip_mc_output+0x134/0x13c [<ffffffff8134835a>] dst_output+0x18/0x1c [<ffffffff81349a24>] ip_local_out+0x20/0x24 [<ffffffff8134a8cf>] ip_send_skb+0x16/0x3c [<ffffffff8136bfba>] udp_send_skb+0x254/0x2b9 [<ffffffff8136c85e>] udp_sendmsg+0x5a8/0x7d4 Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
397a7a24 |
|
13-Feb-2013 |
Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de> |
mac80211: free ps->bc_buf skbs on vlan device stop When the vlan device is removed, ps->bc_buf processing can no longer send its frames. Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
164eb02d |
|
08-Feb-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: add radar detection command/event Add command to trigger radar detection in the driver/FW. Once radar detection is started it should continuously monitor for radars as long as the channel active. If radar is detected usermode notified with 'radar detected' event. Scanning and remain on channel functionality must be disabled while doing radar detection/scanning, and vice versa. Based on original patch by Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
fd0f979a |
|
06-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: simplify idle handling Now that we have channel contexts, idle is (pretty much) equivalent to not having a channel context. Change the code to use this relation so that there no longer is a need for a lot of idle recalculate calls everywhere. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f1e3e051 |
|
06-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove IEEE80211_HW_SCAN_WHILE_IDLE There are only a few drivers that use HW scan, and all of those don't need a non-idle transition before starting the scan -- some don't even care about idle at all. Remove the flag and code associated with it. The only driver that really actually needed this is wl1251 and it can just do it itself in the hw_scan callback -- implement that. Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b207cdb0 |
|
22-Dec-2012 |
Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> |
mac80211: add vif debugfs driver callbacks Add debugfs driver callbacks so drivers can add debugfs entries for interfaces. Note that they _must_ remove the entries again as add/remove in the driver doesn't correspond to add/remove in debugfs; the former is up/down while the latter is netdev create/destroy. Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0f19b41e |
|
14-Jan-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove ARP filter enable/disable logic Depending on the driver, having ARP filtering for some addresses may be possible. Remove the logic that tracks whether ARP filter is enabled or not and give the driver the total number of addresses instead of the length of the list so it can make its own decision. Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ad2d223a |
|
14-Dec-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: assign bss_conf.bssid only once Instead of checking every time bss_info_changed is called, assign the pointer once depending on the interface type and then leave it untouched until the interface type is changed. This makes the ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify() now a simple wrapper to call the driver only. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
75de9113 |
|
14-Dec-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: optimise AP stop RCU handling If there are VLANs, stopping an AP is inefficient as it calls rcu_barrier() once for each interface (the VLANs and the AP itself). Optimise this by moving rcu_barrier() out of the station cleanups and calling it only once for all interfaces combined. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
051007d9 |
|
13-Dec-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: optimise roaming time again The last fixes re-added the RCU synchronize penalty on roaming to fix the races. Split up sta_info_flush() now to get rid of that again, and let managed mode (and only it) delay the actual destruction. Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
09f4114e |
|
13-Dec-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: warn if unexpectedly removing stations When an interface is brought down it must have been disconnected (or similar) in all modes other than WDS, so warn if any stations were removed in other modes. Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b998e8bb |
|
13-Dec-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove final sta_info_flush() When all interfaces have been removed, there can't be any stations left over, so there's no need to flush again. Remove this, and all code associated with it, which also simplifies the function. Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
09b1426e |
|
21-Dec-2012 |
Chaitanya <chaitanyatk@posedge.com> |
mac80211: fix maximum MTU The maximum MTU shouldn't take the headers into account, the maximum MSDU size is exactly the maximum MTU. Signed-off-by: T Krishna Chaitanya <chaitanyatk@posedge.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
97f97b1f |
|
13-Dec-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix station destruction in AP/mesh modes Unfortunately, commit b22cfcfcae5b, intended to speed up roaming by avoiding the synchronize_rcu() broke AP/mesh modes as it moved some code into that work item that will still call into the driver at a time where it's no longer expected to handle this: after the AP or mesh has been stopped. To fix this problem remove the per-station work struct, maintain a station cleanup list instead and flush this list when stations are flushed. To keep this patch smaller for stable, do this when the stations are flushed (sta_info_flush()). This unfortunately brings back the original roaming delay; I'll fix that again in a separate patch. Also, Ben reported that the original commit could sometimes (with many interfaces) cause long delays when an interface is set down, due to blocking on flush_workqueue(). Since we now maintain the cleanup list, this particular change of the original patch can be reverted. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.7] Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4d76d21b |
|
11-Dec-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: assign VLAN channel contexts Make AP_VLAN type interfaces track the AP master channel context so they have one assigned for the various lookups. Don't give them their own refcount etc. since they're just slaves to the AP master. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0b7dff4f |
|
05-Dec-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: cancel work instead of waiting for it to do nothing If the sdata work is pending while the interface is stopped, we currently flush it. If it's not running this means waiting for it to run, which could take a while if the workqueue is backlogged. However, the work exits right away if it starts to run while the interface is already stopping. There's no point in waiting for that, so use cancel_work_sync() instead. Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
478622e8 |
|
27-Nov-2012 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: reject setting masked mac addresses If a driver registers an address mask we should ensure that no interface gets an address assigned that isn't covered by the registered address mask. This prevents invalid configurations from reaching the device and causing problems. Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> [change function flow to reduce indentation, fix locking] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4bf88530 |
|
09-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: convert to channel definition struct Convert mac80211 (and where necessary, some drivers a little bit) to the new channel definition struct. This will allow extending mac80211 for VHT, which is currently restricted to channel contexts since there are no drivers using that which makes it easier. As I also don't care about VHT for drivers not using the channel context API, I won't convert the previous API to VHT support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1ea6f9c0 |
|
24-Oct-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: handle TX power per virtual interface Even before channel contexts/multi-channel, having a single global TX power limit was already problematic, in particular if two managed interfaces connected to two APs with different power constraints. The channel context introduction completely broke this though and in fact I had disabled TX power configuration there for drivers using channel contexts. Change everything to track TX power per interface so that different user settings and different channel maxima are treated correctly. Also continue tracking the global TX power though for compatibility with applications that attempt to configure the wiphy's TX power globally. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7b20b8e8 |
|
25-Oct-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: move AP teardown code to correct place Since cfg80211 will now call the explicit stop_ap operation when an AP interface goes down, move all teardown code there and remove it from interface handling. The only thing that needs to stay is the code to dev_close() all dependent VLANs. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d012a605 |
|
10-Oct-2012 |
Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@etit.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: make client powersave independent of interface type This patch prepares mac80211 for a later implementation of mesh or ad-hoc powersave clients. The structures related to powersave (buffer, TIM map, counters) are moved from the AP-specific interface structure to a generic structure that can be embedded into any interface type. The functions related to powersave are prepared to allow easy extension with different interface types. For example with: + } else if (sta->sdata->vif.type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT) { + ps = &sdata->u.mesh.ps; Some references to the AP's beacon structure are removed where they were obviously not used. The patch compiles without warning and has been briefly tested as AP interface with one client in PS mode. Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@etit.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
04ecd257 |
|
11-Sep-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: track needed RX chains for channel contexts On each channel that the device is operating on, it may need to listen using one or more chains depending on the SMPS settings of the interfaces using it. The previous channel context changes completely removed this ability (before, it was available as the SMPS mode). Add per-context tracking of the required static and dynamic RX chains and notify the driver on changes. To achieve this, track the chains and SMPS mode used on each virtual interface and update the channel context whenever this changes. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
55de908a |
|
26-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use channel contexts Instead of operating on a single channel only, use the new channel context infrastructure in all mac80211 code. This enables drivers that want to use the new channel context infrastructure to use multiple channels, while nothing should change for all the other drivers that don't support it. Right now this disables both TX power settings and spatial multiplexing powersave. Both need to be re-enabled on a channel context basis. Additionally, when channel contexts are used drop the connection when channel switch is received rather than trying to handle it. This will have to be improved later. [With fixes from Eliad and Emmanuel incorporated] Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d4fa14cd |
|
10-Oct-2012 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: use ieee80211_free_txskb in a few more places Free tx status skbs when draining power save buffers, pending frames, or when tearing down a vif. Fixes remaining conditions that can lead to hostapd/wpa_supplicant hangs when running out of socket write memory. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b22cfcfc |
|
09-Sep-2012 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: use call_rcu() on sta deletion mac80211 calls synchronize_rcu() on sta deletion, which increase the roaming time significantly. Convert it into a call_rcu() mechanism, in order to avoid blocking. Since some of the cleanup functions might sleep, schedule from the call_rcu callback a new work that will do the actual cleanup. In order to make sure the cleanup occurs before the interface went down, flush local->workqueue on ieee80211_do_stop(). Signed-off-by: Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0ef24e52 |
|
20-Aug-2012 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
mac80211: Do not check for valid hw_queues for P2P_DEVICE A P2P Device interface does not have a netdev, and is not expected to be used for transmitting data, so there is no need to assign hw queues for it. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6d71117a |
|
19-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF Some devices like the current iwlwifi implementation require that the P2P interface address match the P2P Device address (only one P2P interface is supported.) Add the HW flag IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF that allows drivers to request that P2P Interfaces added while a P2P Device is active get the same MAC address by default. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f142c6b9 |
|
18-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support P2P Device abstraction After cfg80211 got a P2P Device abstraction, add support to mac80211. Whether it really is supported or not will depend on whether or not the driver has support for it, but mac80211 needs to change to be able to support drivers that need a P2P Device. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
98104fde |
|
15-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add P2P Device abstraction In order to support using a different MAC address for the P2P Device address we must first have a P2P Device abstraction that can be assigned a MAC address. This abstraction will also be useful to support offloading P2P operations to the device, e.g. periodic listen for discoverability. Currently, the driver is responsible for assigning a MAC address to the P2P Device, but this could be changed by allowing a MAC address to be given to the NEW_INTERFACE command. As it has no associated netdev, a P2P Device can only be identified by its wdev identifier but the previous patches allowed using the wdev identifier in various APIs, e.g. remain-on-channel. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
aa7a0080 |
|
06-Aug-2012 |
Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com> |
mac80211: avoid using synchronize_rcu in ieee80211_set_probe_resp This could take a while (100ms+) and may delay sending assoc resp in AP mode with WPS or P2P GO (as setting the probe resp takes place there). We've encountered situations where the delay was big enough to cause connection problems with devices like Galaxy Nexus. Switch to using call_rcu with a free handler. [Arik - rework to use plain buffer and instead of skb] Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3e17f2be |
|
03-Aug-2012 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: remove ieee80211_clean_sdata() This function was only used by mesh, and not really needed since any interface-specific cleanup already happens in the netdev handlers. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0d466b9c |
|
03-Aug-2012 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: improve cleanup when leaving mesh It is not necessary to stop the mesh beacon in the mac80211 ndo_stop handler, since cfg80211 has already left the mesh on NETDEV_GOING_DOWN notification. Also some improvements to ieee80211_stop_mesh(): - flush mpath entries. - flush sta entries per-sdata so we don't remove entries belonging to other vifs on the same hw. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1411af15 |
|
30-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: enable WDS carrier only after adding station Enable the carrier on WDS type interfaces only after having added the station entry for the WDS peer so outgoing frames will find it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c405c629 |
|
30-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: manage carrier state in mesh Instead of assuming the carrier is on all the time in mesh manage it with joining and leaving the mesh. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
679ef4ea |
|
23-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use oper_channel in utils and config Using hw.conf.channel is wrong as it could be the temporary channel if any function like the beacon get function is called while scanning or during other temporary out-of-channel activities. Use oper_channel instead. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
075e0847 |
|
12-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
Revert "mac80211: refactor virtual monitor code" This reverts commit 870d37fc22f3e40f9f23e06c581c8538fc16a2f0. This code doesn't work as cfg80211 will call set_monitor_enabled at the wrong time and it doesn't seem to be possible to fix this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
685fb72b |
|
11-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: iterate the virtual monitor interface If the virtual monitor interface is requested by the driver, it should also be iterated over when the driver wants to iterate all active interfaces. To allow that protect it with the iflist_mtx. Change-Id: I58ac5de2f4ce93d12c5a98ecd2859f60158d5d69 Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e2fd5dbc |
|
06-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: make scan_sdata pointer usable with RCU Making the scan_sdata pointer usable with RCU makes it possible to dereference it in the RX path to see if a received frame actually matches the interface that is scanning. This is just preparations, making the pointer __rcu. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
84efbb84 |
|
15-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: use wireless_dev for interface management In order to be able to create P2P Device wdevs, move the virtual interface management over to wireless_dev structures. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
870d37fc |
|
28-Jun-2012 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: refactor virtual monitor code Use cfg80211 the new .set_monitor_enabled instead of tracking it inside mac80211. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cc45ae54 |
|
21-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: make __ieee80211_recalc_idle static Since it's not called from any file outside where it's defined, the function can be static if moved up in the file before the callers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
371a255e |
|
19-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: make ieee80211_check_concurrent_iface netdev-independent ieee80211_check_concurrent_iface() need not use the netdev. Remove the use of the netdev here to prepare the function for P2P device addition. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
bdcbd8e0 |
|
22-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clean up debugging There are a few things that make the logging and debugging in mac80211 less useful than it should be right now: * a lot of messages should be pr_info, not pr_debug * wholesale use of pr_debug makes it require *both* Kconfig and dynamic configuration * there are still a lot of ifdefs * the style is very inconsistent, sometimes the sdata->name is printed in front Clean up everything, introducing new macros and separating out the station MLME debugging into a new Kconfig symbol. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
00e96dec |
|
20-Jun-2012 |
Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com> |
mac80211: save wmm_acm per sdata Save and configure the wmm_acm per sdata, rather than per hardware. If wmm_acm is saved per hardware when running two interfaces simultaneously on the same hardware one interface's wmm policy will be affected by the other interface. Signed-off-by: Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2eb278e0 |
|
05-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: unify SW/offload remain-on-channel Redesign all the off-channel code, getting rid of the generic off-channel work concept, replacing it with a simple remain-on-channel list. This fixes a number of small issues with the ROC implementation: * offloaded remain-on-channel couldn't be queued, now we can queue it as well, if needed * in iwlwifi (the only user) offloaded ROC is mutually exclusive with scanning, use the new queue to handle that case -- I expect that it will later depend on a HW flag The bigger issue though is that there's a bad bug in the current implementation: if we get a mgmt TX request while HW roc is active, and this new request has a wait time, we actually schedule a software ROC instead since we can't guarantee the existing offloaded ROC will still be that long. To fix this, the queuing mechanism was needed. The queuing mechanism for offloaded ROC isn't yet optimal, ideally we should add API to have the HW extend the ROC if needed. We could add that later but for now use a software implementation. Overall, this unifies the behaviour between the offloaded and software-implemented case as much as possible. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
196ac1c1 |
|
05-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: do remain-on-channel while idle The IDLE handling in HW off-channel is broken right now since we turn off IDLE only when the off-channel period already started. Therefore, all drivers that use it today (only iwlwifi!) must support off-channel while idle, so playing with idle isn't needed at all. Off-channel in general, since it's no longer used for authentication/association, shouldn't affect PS, so also remove that logic. Also document a small caveat for reporting TX status from off-channel frames in HW remain-on-channel. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f0d23208 |
|
15-May-2012 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
net: mac80211: Convert printk(KERN_DEBUG to pr_debug Standardize the debugging to be able to use dynamic_debug. Coalesce formats, align arguments. Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
72d78728 |
|
10-May-2012 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: allow low-level drivers to set netdev feature bits Low level drivers can now set certain netdev feature bits in netdev_features member of the ieee80211_hw struct. These will be propagated to every netdev created from this HW. The white-listed features currently include only ones related to HW checksumming. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
71ecfa18 |
|
31-May-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clean up remain-on-channel on interface stop When any interface goes down, it could be the one that we were doing a remain-on-channel with. We therefore need to cancel the remain-on-channel and flush the related work structs so they don't run after the interface has been removed or even destroyed. It's also possible in this case that an off-channel SKB was never transmitted, so free it if this is the case. Note that this can also happen if the driver finishes the off-channel period without ever starting it. Cc: stable@kernel.org Reported-by: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a9d3c05c |
|
07-May-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix single queue drivers My queue management rework broke drivers that don't have multiple AC queues and register a single queue only, causing a warning: WARNING: at net/mac80211/iface.c:162 ieee80211_check_queues This was due to filling the queues wrongly and then noticing the error when checking later. Reported-and-Tested-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b203ca39 |
|
08-May-2012 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
mac80211: Convert compare_ether_addr to ether_addr_equal Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse of compare_ether_addr for sorting. Done via cocci script: $ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci @@ expression a,b; @@ - !compare_ether_addr(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - compare_ether_addr(a, b) + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !!ether_addr_equal(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
94c514fe |
|
24-Apr-2012 |
Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com> |
mac80211: Adds clean sdata helper Adds hepler to clean sdata ieee80211_clean_sdata similar way as ieee80211_setup_sdata is implemented. The function will be used by other interfaces later. Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
afa762f6 |
|
23-Apr-2012 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: call ieee80211_mgd_stop() on interface stop ieee80211_mgd_teardown() is called on netdev removal, which occurs after the vif was already removed from the low-level driver, resulting in the following warning: [ 4809.014734] ------------[ cut here ]------------ [ 4809.019861] WARNING: at net/mac80211/driver-ops.h:12 ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify+0x200/0x2c8 [mac80211]() [ 4809.030388] wlan0: Failed check-sdata-in-driver check, flags: 0x4 [ 4809.036862] Modules linked in: wlcore_sdio(-) wl12xx wlcore mac80211 cfg80211 [last unloaded: cfg80211] [ 4809.046849] [<c001bd4c>] (unwind_backtrace+0x0/0x12c) [ 4809.055937] [<c047cf1c>] (dump_stack+0x20/0x24) [ 4809.065385] [<c003e334>] (warn_slowpath_common+0x5c/0x74) [ 4809.075589] [<c003e408>] (warn_slowpath_fmt+0x40/0x48) [ 4809.088291] [<bf033630>] (ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify+0x200/0x2c8 [mac80211]) [ 4809.102844] [<bf067f84>] (ieee80211_destroy_auth_data+0x80/0xa4 [mac80211]) [ 4809.116276] [<bf068004>] (ieee80211_mgd_teardown+0x5c/0x74 [mac80211]) [ 4809.129331] [<bf043f18>] (ieee80211_teardown_sdata+0xb0/0xd8 [mac80211]) [ 4809.141595] [<c03b5e58>] (rollback_registered_many+0x228/0x2f0) [ 4809.153056] [<c03b5f48>] (unregister_netdevice_many+0x28/0x50) [ 4809.165696] [<bf041ea8>] (ieee80211_remove_interfaces+0xb4/0xdc [mac80211]) [ 4809.179151] [<bf032174>] (ieee80211_unregister_hw+0x50/0xf0 [mac80211]) [ 4809.191043] [<bf0bebb4>] (wlcore_remove+0x5c/0x7c [wlcore]) [ 4809.201491] [<c02c6918>] (platform_drv_remove+0x24/0x28) [ 4809.212029] [<c02c4d50>] (__device_release_driver+0x8c/0xcc) [ 4809.222738] [<c02c4e84>] (device_release_driver+0x30/0x3c) [ 4809.233099] [<c02c4258>] (bus_remove_device+0x10c/0x128) [ 4809.242620] [<c02c26f8>] (device_del+0x11c/0x17c) [ 4809.252150] [<c02c6de0>] (platform_device_del+0x28/0x68) [ 4809.263051] [<bf0df49c>] (wl1271_remove+0x3c/0x50 [wlcore_sdio]) [ 4809.273590] [<c03806b0>] (sdio_bus_remove+0x48/0xf8) [ 4809.283754] [<c02c4d50>] (__device_release_driver+0x8c/0xcc) [ 4809.293729] [<c02c4e2c>] (driver_detach+0x9c/0xc4) [ 4809.303163] [<c02c3d7c>] (bus_remove_driver+0xc4/0xf4) [ 4809.312973] [<c02c5a98>] (driver_unregister+0x70/0x7c) [ 4809.323220] [<c03809c4>] (sdio_unregister_driver+0x24/0x2c) [ 4809.334213] [<bf0df458>] (wl1271_exit+0x14/0x1c [wlcore_sdio]) [ 4809.344930] [<c009b1a4>] (sys_delete_module+0x228/0x2a8) [ 4809.354734] ---[ end trace 515290ccf5feb522 ]--- Rename ieee80211_mgd_teardown() to ieee80211_mgd_stop(), and call it on ieee80211_do_stop(). Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
bb3e10fb |
|
12-Apr-2012 |
Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> |
mac80211: check IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL in ieee80211_check_queues() Commit 3a25a8c8 (mac80211: add improved HW queue control) introduced a bug when running in AP mode without the IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL flag set. The ieee80211_check_queues() function always returns -EINVAL, preventing AP mode from starting. To fix this, check whether this flag is set before checking if cab_queue is set properly. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4d6c36fa |
|
03-Apr-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clean up an ieee80211_do_open error path Eliad's comment prompted me to look closer at the error paths in ieee80211_do_open() and I found one that should use the error labels. Also add a comment about the clear_bit since in many error cases the bit hasn't been set. Cc: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3a25a8c8 |
|
03-Apr-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add improved HW queue control mac80211 currently only supports one hardware queue per AC. This is already problematic for off-channel uses since if we go off channel while the BE queue is full and then try to send an off-channel frame the frame will never go out. This will become worse when we support multi-channel since then a queue on one channel might be full, but we have to stop the software queue for all channels. That is obviously not desirable. To address this problem allow drivers to register more hardware queues, and allow them to map them to virtual interfaces. When they stop a hardware queue the corresponding AC software queues on the correct interfaces will be stopped as well. Additionally, there's an off-channel queue to solve that problem and a per-interface after-DTIM beacon queue. This allows drivers to manage software queues closer to how the hardware works. Currently, there's a limit of 16 hardware queues. This may or may not be sufficient, we can adjust it as needed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4b6f1dd6 |
|
03-Apr-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add explicit monitor interface if needed The queue mapping redesign that I'm planning to do will break pure injection unless we handle monitor interfaces explicitly. One possible option would be to have the driver tell mac80211 about monitor mode queues etc., but that would duplicate the API since we already need to have queue assignments handled per virtual interface. So in order to solve this, have a virtual monitor interface that is added whenever all active vifs are monitors. We could also use the state of one of the monitor interfaces, but managing that would be complicated, so allocate separate state. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3edaf3e6 |
|
03-Apr-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: manage AP netdev carrier state The AP netdev is really only active when beaconing, so manage the carrier state accordingly. Also do that for VLAN interfaces enslaved to a given AP interface. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
32c5057b |
|
28-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use IEEE80211_NUM_ACS When comparing hw->queues to determine if the device is QoS capable, use IEEE80211_NUM_ACS instead of just 4. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ded81f6b |
|
28-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: decouple # of netdev queues from HW queues When we get more hardware queues, we'll still want to only have netdev queues per AC, so set it up in that way. If the hardware doesn't support QoS (by not supporting at least 4 queues) the netdevs get a single queue only (this is no change in behavior as there are no drivers with 2 or 3 queues today.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3abead59 |
|
02-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: combine QoS with other BSS changes When associating and particularly when disassociating there's no need to notify the driver about changes with multiple calls to bss_info_changed, we should combine the QoS enabling/disabling into the same call as otherwise the driver could get confused about QoS suddenly getting disabled while connected. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
54e4ffb2 |
|
25-Feb-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix auth/assoc data & timer leak When removing an interface while it is in the process of authenticating or associating, we leak the auth_data or assoc_data, and leave the timer pending. The timer then crashes the system when it fires as its data is gone. Fix this by explicitly deleting all the data when the interface is removed. This uncovered another bug -- this problem should have been detected by the sta_info_flush() warning but that function doesn't ever return non-zero, I'll fix that in a separate patch. Reported-by: Hieu Nguyen <hieux.c.nguyen@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0dee0068 |
|
20-Feb-2012 |
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80211: Fix a warning on changing to monitor mode from STA nothing needs to be done for monitor/AP_VLAN mode on calling ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify -> drv_bss_info_changed with the change flag 'BSS_CHANGED_IDLE'. 'wl1271' seems to use BSS_CHANGED_IDLE only for STA and IBSS mode. further the non-idle state of the monitor mode is taken care by the 'count' variable which counts non-idle interfaces. ieee80211_idle_off(local, "in use") will be called. this fixes the following WARNING when we have initially STA mode (network manager running) and not associated, and change it to monitor mode with network manager disabled and bringing up the monitor mode. this changes the idle state from 'true' (STA unassociated) to 'false' (MONITOR mode) exposed by the commit 405385f8ce7a2ed8f82e216d88b5282142e1288b "mac80211: set bss_conf.idle when vif is connected" WARNING: net/mac80211/main.c:212 ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify+0x1cf/0x330 [mac80211]() Hardware name: 64756D6 Pid: 3835, comm: ifconfig Tainted: G O 3.3.0-rc3-wl #9 Call Trace: [<c0133b02>] warn_slowpath_common+0x72/0xa0 [<fc8e8c3f>] ? ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify+0x1cf/0x330 [mac80211] [<fc8e8c3f>] ? ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify+0x1cf/0x330 [mac80211] [<c0133b52>] warn_slowpath_null+0x22/0x30 [<fc8e8c3f>] ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify+0x1cf/0x330 [mac80211] [<fc8f9de3>] __ieee80211_recalc_idle+0x113/0x430 [mac80211] [<fc8fabc6>] ieee80211_do_open+0x156/0x7e0 [mac80211] [<fc8f8a25>] ? ieee80211_check_concurrent_iface+0x25/0x180 [mac80211] [<c015dd9f>] ? raw_notifier_call_chain+0x1f/0x30 [<fc8fb290>] ieee80211_open+0x40/0x80 [mac80211] [<c05894f6>] __dev_open+0x96/0xe0 [<c068fba5>] ? _raw_spin_unlock_bh+0x35/0x40 [<c05881d9>] __dev_change_flags+0x109/0x170 [<c0589423>] dev_change_flags+0x23/0x60 [<c05f3770>] devinet_ioctl+0x6a0/0x770 ieee80211 phy0: device no longer idle - in use Cc: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
885bd8ec |
|
02-Feb-2012 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: support hw scan while idle Currently, mac80211 goes to idle-off before starting a scan. However, some devices that implement hw scan might not need going idle-off in order to perform a hw scan, and thus saving some energy and simplifying their state machine. (Note that this is also the case for sched scan - it currently doesn't make mac80211 go idle-off) Add a new flag to indicate support for hw scan while idle. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
66e67e41 |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: redesign auth/assoc This is the second part of the auth/assoc redesign, the mac80211 part. This moves the auth/assoc code out of the work abstraction and into the MLME, so that we don't flip channels all the time etc. The only downside is that when we are associated, we need to drop the association in order to create a connection to another AP, but for most drivers this is actually desirable and the ability to do was never used by any applications. If we want to implement resource reservation with FT-OTA, we'd probably best do it with explicit R-O-C in wpa_s. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
19468413 |
|
28-Jan-2012 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: add support for mcs masks * Handle MCS masks set by the user. * Match rates provided by the rate control algorithm to the mask set, also in HT mode, and switch back to legacy mode if necessary. * add debugfs files to observate the rate selection Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
83d5cc01 |
|
12-Jan-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: station state transition error handling In the future, when we start notifying drivers, state transitions could potentially fail. To make it easier to distinguish between programming bugs and driver failures: * rename sta_info_move_state() to sta_info_pre_move_state() which can only be called before the station is inserted (and check this with a new station flag). * rename sta_info_move_state_checked() to just plain sta_info_move_state(), as it will be the regular function that can fail for more than just one reason (bad transition or an error from the driver) This makes the programming model easier -- one of the functions can only be called before insertion and can't fail, the other can fail. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
405385f8 |
|
11-Jan-2012 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: set bss_conf.idle when vif is connected __ieee80211_recalc_idle() iterates through the vifs, sets bss_conf.idle = true if they are disconnected, and increases "count" if they are not (which later gets evaluated in order to determine whether the device is idle). However, the loop doesn't set bss_conf.idle = false (along with increasing "count"), causing the device idle state and the vif idle state to get out of sync in some cases. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d9a7ddb0 |
|
13-Dec-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: refactor station state transitions Station entries can have various states, the most important ones being auth, assoc and authorized. This patch prepares us for telling the driver about these states, we don't want to confuse drivers with strange transitions, so with this we enforce that they move in the right order between them (back and forth); some transitions might happen before the driver even knows about the station, but at least runtime transitions will be ordered correctly. As a consequence, IBSS and MESH stations will now have the ASSOC flag set (so they can transition to AUTHORIZED), and we can get rid of a special case in TX processing. When freeing a station, unwind the state so that other parts of the code (or drivers later) can rely on the transitions. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d3c1597b |
|
24-Nov-2011 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: fix forwarded mesh frame queue mapping We can't rely on ieee80211_select_queue() to do its job at this point since the skb->protocol is not yet known. Instead, factor out and reuse the queue mapping logic for injected frames. Also, to mitigate congestion, forwarded frames should be dropped if the outgoing queue was stopped. This was not correctly implemented as we were not checking the right queue. Furthermore, we were dropping frames that had arrived to their destination if that queue was stopped. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b53be792 |
|
18-Nov-2011 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: Add NoAck per tid support This patch contains the processing changes in mac80211. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5e2e05de |
|
14-Nov-2011 |
Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> |
mac80211: use kfree_skb() instead of kfree() sk_buff structs should be freed using kfree_skb(). This was introduced recently in 029458212 "mac80211: Save probe response data for bss". Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
02945821 |
|
10-Nov-2011 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: Save probe response data for bss Allow setting a probe response template for an interface operating in AP mode. Low level drivers are notified about changes in the probe response template and are able to retrieve a copy of the current probe response. This data can, for example, be uploaded to hardware as a template. Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
86a2ea41 |
|
08-Nov-2011 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: set carrier_on for ibss vifs only while joined mac80211 should set carrier_on for ibss vifs only while they are joined (similar to sta vifs) Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
665c93a9 |
|
04-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add support for control port protocol in AP mode This will allow us to support dynamic WEP with 802.1X properly in mac80211 by not encrypting outgoing and accepting unencrypted incoming frames. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7b7eab6f |
|
03-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: verify virtual interfaces in driver API The driver is never informed about monitor or AP_VLAN interfaces, so whenever we pass those to it later this is a bug. Verify we don't as there are some cases where this could happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
59034591 |
|
16-Oct-2011 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: call set_wmm_default only for valid vifs mac80211 calls ieee80211_set_wmm_default (which in turn calls drv_conf_tx()) for every new interface, including "internal" ones (e.g. monitor interface, which the low-level driver doesn't know about). Limit this call only to valid interfaces. Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c2c98fde |
|
29-Sep-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: optimise station flags The flaglock in struct sta_info has long been something that I wanted to get rid of, this finally does the conversion to atomic bitops. The conversion itself is straight-forward in most places, a few things needed to change a bit since we can no longer use multiple bits at the same time. On x86-64, this is a fairly significant code size reduction: text data bss dec hex 427861 23648 1008 452517 6e7a5 before 425383 23648 976 450007 6ddd7 after Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
6f2d9335 |
|
20-Sep-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix AP/VLAN PS buffer race When an AP interface is removed without the AP/VLAN interfaces having been removed before already, the AP-VLAN interface might still have sleeping stations and buffer multicast frames which will happen on the AP interface. Thus, we need to remove AP/VLAN interfaces before purging buffered broadcast frames. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ece1a2e7 |
|
29-Aug-2011 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Remove mesh paths when an interface is removed When an interface is removed, the mesh paths associated with it should also be removed. This fixes a bug we observed when reloading a device driver module without reloading mac80211s. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
afc4b13d |
|
16-Aug-2011 |
Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> |
net: remove use of ndo_set_multicast_list in drivers replace it by ndo_set_rx_mode Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
a9b3cd7f |
|
01-Aug-2011 |
Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> |
rcu: convert uses of rcu_assign_pointer(x, NULL) to RCU_INIT_POINTER When assigning a NULL value to an RCU protected pointer, no barrier is needed. The rcu_assign_pointer, used to handle that but will soon change to not handle the special case. Convert all rcu_assign_pointer of NULL value. //smpl @@ expression P; @@ - rcu_assign_pointer(P, NULL) + RCU_INIT_POINTER(P, NULL) // </smpl> Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
550fd08c |
|
26-Jul-2011 |
Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com> |
net: Audit drivers to identify those needing IFF_TX_SKB_SHARING cleared After the last patch, We are left in a state in which only drivers calling ether_setup have IFF_TX_SKB_SHARING set (we assume that drivers touching real hardware call ether_setup for their net_devices and don't hold any state in their skbs. There are a handful of drivers that violate this assumption of course, and need to be fixed up. This patch identifies those drivers, and marks them as not being able to support the safe transmission of skbs by clearning the IFF_TX_SKB_SHARING flag in priv_flags Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com> CC: Karsten Keil <isdn@linux-pingi.de> CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> CC: Jay Vosburgh <fubar@us.ibm.com> CC: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net> CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> CC: Krzysztof Halasa <khc@pm.waw.pl> CC: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com> CC: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> CC: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org> CC: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
2fcf2824 |
|
12-Jul-2011 |
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80211: remove a redundant check is_valid_ether_addr itself checks for is_zero_ether_addr Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
55d99059 |
|
09-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allocate only one RX queue We don't have multiple RX queues, so there's no use in allocating multiple, use alloc_netdev_mqs() to allocate multiple TX but only one RX queue. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
59e7e707 |
|
02-Jun-2011 |
Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo <cascardo@holoscopio.com> |
mac80211: call dev_alloc_name before copying name to sdata This partially reverts 1c5cae815d19ffe02bdfda1260949ef2b1806171, because the netdev name is copied into sdata->name, which is used for debugging messages, for example. Otherwise, we get messages like this: wlan%d: authenticated Signed-off-by: Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo <cascardo@holoscopio.com> Cc: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c29acf20 |
|
13-May-2011 |
Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: abort scan_work immediately when the device goes down As long as no delay is required b/w channel change, scan work is proceeding without scheduling a new work. In such case, we can not abort scan work when the card was unplugged. This patch completes the scanning immediately whenever the device goes down. Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
40b275b6 |
|
13-May-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: sparse RCU annotations This adds sparse RCU annotations to most of mac80211, only the mesh code remains to be done. Due the the previous patches, the annotations are pretty simple. The only thing that this actually changes is removing the RCU usage of key->sta in debugfs since this pointer isn't actually an RCU-managed pointer (it only has a single assignment done before the key even goes live). As that is otherwise harmless, I decided to make it part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
1c5cae81 |
|
29-Apr-2011 |
Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> |
net: call dev_alloc_name from register_netdevice Force dev_alloc_name() to be called from register_netdevice() by dev_get_valid_name(). That allows to remove multiple explicit dev_alloc_name() calls. The possibility to call dev_alloc_name in advance remains. This also fixes veth creation regresion caused by 84c49d8c3e4abefb0a41a77b25aa37ebe8d6b743 Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
5f04d506 |
|
20-Feb-2011 |
Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> |
net: Fix more stale on-stack list_head objects. From: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> In the beginning with batching unreg_list was a list that was used only once in the lifetime of a network device (I think). Now we have calls using the unreg_list that can happen multiple times in the life of a network device like dev_deactivate and dev_close that are also using the unreg_list. In addition in unregister_netdevice_queue we also do a list_move because for devices like veth pairs it is possible that unregister_netdevice_queue will be called multiple times. So I think the change below to fix dev_deactivate which Eric D. missed will fix this problem. Now to go test that. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
2cf22b89 |
|
31-Jan-2011 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: Recalculate channel-type on iface removal. When a vif goes away, it could cause the super-chan to be recalculated differently, so do that calculation on iface removal. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
21f83589 |
|
18-Dec-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel offload if they implement smarter timing or need to use a device implementation like iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
67408c8c |
|
30-Nov-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: selective throughput LED trigger active The throughput LED trigger was always active when the radio was enabled. In most cases that's likely the desired behaviour, but iwlwifi requires it to be only active when one of the virtual interfaces is actually "connected" in some way. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e1e54068 |
|
30-Nov-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add throughput based LED blink trigger iwlwifi and other drivers like to blink their LED based on throughput. Implement this generically in mac80211, based on a throughput table the driver specifies. That way, drivers can set the blink frequencies depending on their desired behaviour and max throughput. All the drivers need to do is provide an LED class device, best with blink hardware offload. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
29cbe68c |
|
03-Dec-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: add mesh join/leave commands Instead of tying mesh activity to interface up, add join and leave commands for mesh. Since we must be backward compatible, let cfg80211 handle joining a mesh if a mesh ID was pre-configured when the device goes up. Note that this therefore must modify mac80211 as well since mac80211 needs to lose the logic to start the mesh on interface up. We now allow querying mesh parameters before the mesh is connected, which simply returns defaults. Setting them (internally renamed to "update") is only allowed while connected. Specify them with the new mesh join command instead where needed. In mac80211, beaconing must now also follow the mesh enabled/not enabled state, which is done by testing the mesh ID. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
09b17470 |
|
03-Dec-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: move mesh filter adjusting Logically, the filter adjusting belongs with starting/stopping mesh, not interface up/down, so move it there. Tested-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
352ffad6 |
|
04-Nov-2010 |
Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: unset SDATA_STATE_OFFCHANNEL when cancelling a scan For client STA interfaces, ieee80211_do_stop unsets the relevant interface's SDATA_STATE_RUNNING state bit prior to cancelling an interrupted scan. When ieee80211_offchannel_return is invoked as part of cancelling the scan, it doesn't bother unsetting the SDATA_STATE_OFFCHANNEL bit because it sees that the interface is down. Normally this doesn't matter because when the client STA interface is brought back up, it will probably issue a scan. But in some cases (e.g., the user changes the interface type while it is down), the SDATA_STATE_OFFCHANNEL bit will remain set. This prevents the interface queues from being started. So we cancel the scan before unsetting the SDATA_STATE_RUNNING bit. Signed-off-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7be5086d |
|
12-Oct-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add probe request filter flag Using the frame registration notification, we can see when probe requests are requested and notify the low-level driver via filtering. The flag is also set in AP and IBSS modes. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
53f73c09 |
|
05-Oct-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: avoid transmitting delBA to old AP When roaming while we have active BA session, we can end up transmitting delBA frames to the old AP while we're already on the new AP's channel, which can cause warnings. Simply avoid sending those frames, but still tear down the internal session state, since they are not really necessary anyway as we will implicitly disassociate when sending the association to the new AP. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
1be7fe8d |
|
01-Oct-2010 |
Bill Jordan <bjordan@rajant.com> |
mac80211: fix for WDS interfaces Initialize the rate table for WDS interfaces, and add cases to allow WDS packets to pass the xmit and receive tests. Signed-off-by: Bill Jordan <bjordan@rajant.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
85416a4f |
|
02-Oct-2010 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: fix rx monitor filter refcounters This patch fixes an refcounting bug. Previously it was possible to corrupt the per-device recv. filter and monitor management counters when: iw dev wlanX set monitor [new flags] was issued on an active monitor interface. Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2ca27bcf |
|
16-Sep-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add p2p device type support When a driver advertises p2p device support, mac80211 will handle it, but internally it will rewrite the interface type to STA/AP rather than P2P-STA/GO since otherwise a lot of paths need to be touched that are otherwise identical. A p2p boolean tells drivers whether or not a given interface will be used for p2p or not. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2d2080c3 |
|
15-Sep-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: set running state earlier When an interface is brought up, the recent changes to allow changing type-while-up only set the running bit after everything was done. This broke a number of things, including idle calculation for monitor interfaces, and it also broke WDS station insertion (although nobody noticed yet). Thus, change the code to set the running bit earlier, but keep it after the driver's add_interface was called because otherwise drivers may iterate over interfaces they haven't fully set up yet. Reported-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
34d4bc4d |
|
26-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support runtime interface type changes Add support to mac80211 for changing the interface type even when the interface is UP, if the driver supports it. To achieve this * add a new driver callback for switching, * split some of the interface up/down code out into new functions (do_open/do_stop), and * maintain an own __SDATA_RUNNING bit that will not be set during interface type, so that any other code doesn't use the interface. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
87490f6d |
|
26-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: split out concurrent vif checks Split the concurrent virtual interface checks into a new function that can be used to check for any given new interface type. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
bf533e0b |
|
26-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: simplify zero address checks The libertas_tf special code for zero addresses is a bit too complex, it compares against a stack value instead of using is_zero_ether_addr() and tries to update all interfaces even if just the one that's being brought up needs to be changed. Additionally, the repeated check for a valid MAC address need only be done if we actually changed it on the fly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b9dcf712 |
|
26-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clean up ifdown/cleanup paths There's a lot of redundant code in mac80211's interface cleanup/down, for example freeing AP beacons is done both when the interface is set DOWN as well as when it is torn down, of which only the former has any effect. Also, a bunch of things should be closer to where they matter, like the MLME timers that we should cancel when disassociating, rather than only when the interface is set DOWN. Clean up all this code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a621fa4d |
|
27-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow changing port control protocol Some vendor specified mechanisms for 802.1X-style functionality use a different protocol than EAP (even if EAP is vendor-extensible). Support this in mac80211 via the cfg80211 API for it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0fb9a9ec |
|
20-Aug-2010 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
net/mac80211: Use wiphy_<level> Standardize logging messages from printk(KERN_<level> "%s: " fmt , wiphy_name(foo), args); to wiphy_<level>(foo, fmt, args); Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2e161f78 |
|
12-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: extensible frame processing Allow userspace to register for more than just action frames by giving the frame subtype, and make it possible to use this in various modes as well. With some tweaks and some added functionality this will, in the future, also be usable in AP mode and be able to replace the cooked monitor interface currently used in that case. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7da7cc1d |
|
05-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: per interface idle notification Sometimes we don't just need to know whether or not the device is idle, but also per interface. This adds that reporting capability to mac80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4e6cbfd0 |
|
29-Jul-2010 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: support use of NAPI for bottom-half processing This patch implement basic infrastructure to support use of NAPI by mac80211-based hardware drivers. Because mac80211 devices can support multiple netdevs, a dummy netdev is used for interfacing with the NAPI code in the core of the network stack. That structure is hidden from the hardware drivers, but the actual napi_struct is exposed in the ieee80211_hw structure so that the poll routines in drivers can retrieve that structure. Hardware drivers can also specify their own weight value for NAPI polling. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
53e9b1de |
|
19-Jul-2010 |
David Gnedt <david.gnedt@davizone.at> |
mac80211: set carrier on for monitor interfaces on ieee80211_open If a station interface is reused as monitor interface it is possible that the carrier is still set to off. This breaks packet injection on that monitor interface. Force the carrier on in monitor interface initialisation like it is also done for other interface types (e.g. adhoc, mesh point, ap). Signed-off-by: David Gnedt <david.gnedt@davizone.at> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
875ae5f6 |
|
17-Jul-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: fix aggregation action frame handling with AP VLANs When aggregation related action frames are enqueued for further work, and they originate from a STA that is part of an AP VLAN, they are currently enqueued for the AP interface. This breaks the sta_info_get() lookup in the actual work function, and because of that, aggregation sessions are not established for this STA. Fix this by replacing the sta_info_get call with a call to sta_info_get_bss. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
68542962 |
|
09-Jun-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Fix circular locking dependency in ARP filter handling There is a circular locking dependency when configuring the hardware ARP filters on association, occurring when flushing the mac80211 workqueue. This is what happens: [ 92.026800] ======================================================= [ 92.030507] [ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ] [ 92.030507] 2.6.34-04781-g2b2c009 #85 [ 92.030507] ------------------------------------------------------- [ 92.030507] modprobe/5225 is trying to acquire lock: [ 92.030507] ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff8105b5c0>] flush_workq ueue+0x0/0xb0 [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] but task is already holding lock: [ 92.030507] (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20 [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] which lock already depends on the new lock. [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is: [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] -> #2 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}: [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81341754>] mutex_lock_nested+0x44/0x300 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa022d47c>] ieee80211_assoc_done+0x6c/0xe0 [mac80211] [ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa022f2ad>] ieee80211_work_work+0x31d/0x1280 [mac80211] [ 92.030507] -> #1 ((&local->work_work)){+.+.+.}: [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105a51a>] worker_thread+0x22a/0x370 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105ecc6>] kthread+0x96/0xb0 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81003a94>] kernel_thread_helper+0x4/0x10 [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] -> #0 ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}: [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81075fdc>] __lock_acquire+0x1c0c/0x1d50 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105b60e>] flush_workqueue+0x4e/0xb0 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa023ff7b>] ieee80211_stop_device+0x2b/0xb0 [mac80211] [ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa0231635>] ieee80211_stop+0x3e5/0x680 [mac80211] The locking in this case is quite complex. Fix the problem by rewriting the way the hardware ARP filter list is handled - i.e. make a copy of the address list to the bss_conf struct, and provide that list to the hardware driver when needed. The current patch will enable filtering also in promiscuous mode. This may need to be changed in the future. Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a93e3644 |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: change RX aggregation locking To prepare for allowing drivers to sleep in ampdu_action, change the locking in the RX aggregation code to use a mutex, so that it would already allow drivers to sleep. But explicitly disable BHs around the callback for now since the TX part cannot yet sleep, and drivers' locking might require it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c1475ca9 |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: move aggregation callback processing This moves the aggregation callback processing to the per-sdata skb queue and a work function rather than the tasklet. Unfortunately, this means that it extends the pkt_type hack to that skb queue. However, it will enable making ampdu_action API changes gradually, my current plan is to get rid of this again by forcing drivers to only return from ampdu_action() when everything is done, thus removing the callbacks completely. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
344eec67 |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: move blockack stop due to fragmentation There's a corner case where we receive a fragmented frame during a blockack session, in which case we will terminate that session. To simplify future work in this area that will culminate in allowing the driver callbacks for aggregation to sleep, move the processing of this case out of the RX path into the interface work. This will simplify future work because the new place for this code doesn't require that the function will always be atomic, which the RX path needs. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
bed7ee6e |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: always process blockack action from workqueue To prepare for making the ampdu_action callback sleep, make mac80211 always process blockack action frames from the skb queue. This gets rid of the current special case for managed mode interfaces as well. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
36b3a628 |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: common work skb freeing All the management processing functions free the skb after they are done, so this can be done in the new common code instead. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
1fa57d01 |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use common work function Even with the previous patch, IBSS, managed and mesh modes all attach their own work function to the shared work struct, which means some duplicated code. Change that to only have a frame processing function and a further work function for each of them and share some common code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
64592c8f |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use common work struct IBSS, managed and mesh modes all have their own work struct, and in the future we want to also use it in other modes to process frames from the now common skb queue. This also makes the skb queue and work safe to use from other interface types. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
35f20c14 |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use common skb queue IBSS, managed and mesh modes all have an skb queue, and in the future we want to also use it in other modes, so make them all use a common skb queue already. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2a419056 |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: simplify station/aggregation code A number of places use RCU locking for accessing the station list, even though they do not need to. Use mutex locking instead to prepare for the locking changes I want to make. The mlme code is also using a WLAN_STA_DISASSOC flag that has the same meaning as WLAN_STA_BLOCK_BA, so use that. While doing so, combine places where we loop over stations twice, and optimise away some of the loops by checking if the hardware supports aggregation at all first. Also fix a more theoretical race condition: right now we could resume, set up an aggregation session, and right after tear it down again due to the code that is needed for hardware reconfiguration here. Also mark add a comment to that code marking it as a workaround. Finally, remove a pointless aggregation disabling loop when an interface is stopped, directly after that we remove all stations from it which will also disable all aggregation sessions that may still be active, and does so in a race-free way unlike the current loop that doesn't block new sessions. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ad0e2b5a |
|
01-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: simplify key locking Since I recently made station management able to sleep, I can now rework key management as well; since it will no longer need a spinlock and can also use a mutex instead, a bunch of code to allow drivers' set_key to sleep while key management is protected by a spinlock can now be removed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e0961f11 |
|
28-May-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove useless work starting Ever since we use only cfg80211 for configuration, there is no configuration that could be pending at this point, cfg80211 will have the configuration that is pending and apply it afterwards. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
22bedad3 |
|
01-Apr-2010 |
Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> |
net: convert multicast list to list_head Converts the list and the core manipulating with it to be the same as uc_list. +uses two functions for adding/removing mc address (normal and "global" variant) instead of a function parameter. +removes dev_mcast.c completely. +exposes netdev_hw_addr_list_* macros along with __hw_addr_* functions for manipulation with lists on a sandbox (used in bonding and 80211 drivers) Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
5a0e3ad6 |
|
24-Mar-2010 |
Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> |
include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies. percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is used as the basis of conversion. http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py The script does the followings. * Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used, gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h. * When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered - alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there doesn't seem to be any matching order. * If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the file. The conversion was done in the following steps. 1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400 files. 2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion, some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added inclusions to around 150 files. 3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits from #2 to make sure no file was left behind. 4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed. e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually. 5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as necessary. 6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h. 7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq). * x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config. * powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig * sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig * ia64 SMP allmodconfig * s390 SMP allmodconfig * alpha SMP allmodconfig * um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig 8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as a separate patch and serve as bisection point. Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step 6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch. If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of the specific arch. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
|
#
1e4dcd01 |
|
18-Mar-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Add support for connection monitor in hardware This patch is based on a RFC patch by Kalle Valo. The wl1271 has a feature which handles the connection monitor logic in hardware, basically sending periodically nullfunc frames and reporting to the host if AP is lost, after attempting to recover by sending probe-requests to the AP. Add support to mac80211 by adding a new flag IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR which prevents conn_mon_timer from triggering during idle periods, and prevents sending probe-requests to the AP if beacon-loss is indicated by the hardware. Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
fa9029f8 |
|
25-Feb-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: use different MAC addresses for virtual interfaces Drivers can now advertise to cfg80211 that they have multiple MAC addresses reserved for a device, but we don't currently make use of that in mac80211. Change that and assign different addresses to new virtual interfaces (if addresses are available) in order to make it easier for users to use multiple virtual interfaces; they no longer need to always assign a new MAC address manually. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2f5265e6 |
|
12-Feb-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix netdev rename Fix a copy bug introduced by commit 47846c9b0c10808d9337d2e7d09361f3e0a0a71a Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Date: Wed Nov 25 17:46:19 2009 +0100 mac80211: reduce reliance on netdev This manifested itself only in debug messages and in the debugfs rename failure that would always happen due to trying to rename the dir over itself. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Tested-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
228da6c2 |
|
14-Feb-2010 |
David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> |
mac80211: Fix error introduced in netdev_mc_count() changes. Commit 4cd24eaf0c6ee7f0242e34ee77ec899f255e66b5 ("net: use netdev_mc_count and netdev_mc_empty when appropriate") added this hunk to net/mac80211/iface.c: __dev_addr_unsync(&local->mc_list, &local->mc_count, - &dev->mc_list, &dev->mc_count); + &dev->mc_list, dev->mc_count); which is definitely not correct, introduced a warning (reported by Stephen Rothwell): net/mac80211/iface.c: In function 'ieee80211_stop': net/mac80211/iface.c:416: warning: passing argument 4 of '__dev_addr_unsync' makes pointer from integer without a cast include/linux/netdevice.h:1967: note: expected 'int *' but argument is of type 'int' and is thus reverted here. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
4cd24eaf |
|
07-Feb-2010 |
Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> |
net: use netdev_mc_count and netdev_mc_empty when appropriate This patch replaces dev->mc_count in all drivers (hopefully I didn't miss anything). Used spatch and did small tweaks and conding style changes when it was suitable. Jirka Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
861a57cd |
|
11-Jan-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: fix WMM AC default for non-QoS data frames The WMM AC selection added to the monitor mode selection function accidentally assigns non-QoS data frames to the same AC as mgmt frames (VO). This is not serious, but should be fixed anyway. This patch assigns them to the BE AC instead. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
37eb0b16 |
|
06-Jan-2010 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: Use more generic bitrate mask for rate control Extend struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask to actually use a bitfield mask instead of just a single fixed or maximum rate index. This change itself does not modify the behavior (except for debugfs files), but it prepares cfg80211 and mac80211 for a new nl80211 command for setting which rates can be used in TX rate control. Since frames are now going through the rate control algorithm unconditionally, the internal IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RCALGO flag can now be removed. The RC implementations can use the rate_idx_mask value to optimize their behavior if only a single rate is enabled. The old max_rate_idx in struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control is maintained (but commented as deprecated) for backwards compatibility with existing RC implementations. Once these implementations have been updated to use the more generic rate_idx_mask, the max_rate_idx value can be removed. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
193e70ef |
|
10-Jan-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: fix queue selection for data frames on monitor interfaces When ieee80211_monitor_select_queue encounters data frames, it selects the WMM AC based on skb->priority and assumes that skb->priority contains a valid 802.1d tag. However this assumption is incorrect, since ieee80211_select_queue has not been called at this point. If skb->priority > 7, an array overrun occurs, which could lead to invalid values, resulting in crashes in the tx path. Fix this by setting skb->priority based on the 802.11 header for QoS frames and using the default AC for all non-QoS frames. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b49bb574 |
|
08-Jan-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix endian error I forgot to convert the radiotap length to CPU endian, which sparse found thankfully. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
045cfb71 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org> |
mac80211: fix queue selection for packets injected via monitor interface Commit 'mac80211: fix skb buffering issue' added an ->ndo_select_queue() for monitor interfaces which can end up dereferencing ieee802_1d_to_ac[] beyond the end of the array for injected data packets (as skb->priority isn't guaranteed to be zero or within [0:7]), which then triggers the WARN_ON in net/core/dev.c:dev_cap_txqueue(). Fix this by always setting the priority to zero on injected data frames. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8a5b33f5 |
|
06-Jan-2010 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
Revert "mac80211: replace netif_tx_{start,stop,wake}_all_queues" This reverts commit 53623f1a09c7a7d23b74f0f7d93dba0ebde1006b. This was inadvertantly missed in "mac80211: fix skb buffering issue", and is required with that patch to restore proper queue operation. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
fc5f7577 |
|
30-Dec-2009 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: fix ieee80211_change_mac() to use struct sockaddr Setting the mac address from user space was buggy. For example, when executing this command: ip link set wlan0 address 00:1f:df:88:cd:55 mac80211 used the address 01:00:00:1f:df:88 instead. It was shifted two bytes. The reason was that the addr (type of void *) provided to ieee80211_change_mac() is actually of type struct sockaddr, not just the mac address array. Also the call to eth_mac_addr() expects the address to be struct sockaddr. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
cf0277e7 |
|
05-Jan-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix skb buffering issue Since I removed the master netdev, we've been keeping internal queues only, and even before that we never told the networking stack above the virtual interfaces about congestion. This means that packets are queued in mac80211 and the upper layers never know, possibly leading to memory exhaustion and other problems. This patch makes all interfaces multiqueue and uses ndo_select_queue to put the packets into queues per AC. Additionally, when the driver stops a queue, we now stop all corresponding queues for the virtual interfaces as well. The injection case will use VO by default for non-data frames, and BE for data frames, but downgrade any data frames according to ACM. It needs to be fleshed out in the future to allow chosing the queue/AC in radiotap. Reported-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.32] Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
1ed32e4f |
|
23-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove struct ieee80211_if_init_conf All its members (vif, mac_addr, type) are now available in the vif struct directly, so we can pass that instead of the conf struct. I generated this patch (except the mac80211 and header file changes) with this semantic patch: @@ identifier conf, fn, hw; type tp; @@ tp fn(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, -struct ieee80211_if_init_conf *conf) +struct ieee80211_vif *vif) { <... ( -conf->type +vif->type | -conf->mac_addr +vif->addr | -conf->vif +vif ) ...> } Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
af6b6374 |
|
23-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: generalise work handling In order to use auth/assoc for different purposes other than MLME, it needs to be split up. For other purposes, a generic work handling (potentially on another channel) will be useful. To achieve that, this patch moves much of the MLME work handling out of mlme into a new work API. The API can currently handle probing a specific AP, authentication and association. The MLME previously handled probe/authentication as one step and will continue to do so, but they are separate in the new work handling. Work items are RCU-managed to be able to check for existence of an item for a specific frame in the RX path, but they can be re-used which the MLME right now will do for its combined probe/auth step. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a80f7c0b |
|
23-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: introduce flush operation We've long lacked a good confirmation that frames have really gone out, e.g. before going off-channel for a scan. Add a flush() operation that drivers can implement to provide that confirmation, and use it in a few places: * before scanning sends the nullfunc frames * after scanning sends the nullfunc frames, if any * when going idle, to send any pending frames Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9607e6b66 |
|
23-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: add ieee80211_sdata_running Instead of always using netif_running(sdata->dev) use ieee80211_sdata_running(sdata) now which is just an inline containing netif_running() for now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
47846c9b |
|
25-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: reduce reliance on netdev For bluetooth 3, we will most likely not have a netdev for a virtual interface (sdata), so prepare for that by reducing the reliance on having a netdev. This patch moves the name and address fields into the sdata struct and uses them from there all over. Some work is needed to keep them sync'ed, but that's not a lot of work and in slow paths anyway. In doing so, this also reduces the number of pointer dereferences in many places, because of things like sdata->dev->dev_addr becoming sdata->vif.addr. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
efe117ab |
|
05-Nov-2009 |
Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Speedup ieee80211_remove_interfaces() Speedup ieee80211_remove_interfaces() by factorizing synchronize_rcu() calls Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9bc383de |
|
19-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: introduce capability for 4addr mode It's very likely that not many devices will support four-address mode in station or AP mode so introduce capability bits for both modes, set them in mac80211 and check them when userspace tries to use the mode. Also, keep track of 4addr in cfg80211 (wireless_dev) and not in mac80211 any more. mac80211 can also be improved for the VLAN case by not looking at the 4addr flag but maintaining the station pointer for it correctly. However, keep track of use_4addr for station mode in mac80211 to avoid all the derefs. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f14543ee |
|
10-Nov-2009 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: implement support for 4-address frames for AP and client mode In some situations it might be useful to run a network with an Access Point and multiple clients, but with each client bridged to a network behind it. For this to work, both the client and the AP need to transmit 4-address frames, containing both source and destination MAC addresses. With this patch, you can configure a client to communicate using only 4-address frames for data traffic. On the AP side you can enable 4-address frames for individual clients by isolating them in separate AP VLANs which are configured in 4-address mode. Such an AP VLAN will be limited to one client only, and this client will be used as the destination for all traffic on its interface, regardless of the destination MAC address in the packet headers. The advantage of this mode compared to regular WDS mode is that it's easier to configure and does not require a static list of peer MAC addresses on any side. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0869aea0 |
|
28-Oct-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP While there may be a case for a driver adding its own bits of radiotap information, none currently does. Also, drivers would have to copy the code to generate the radiotap bits that now mac80211 generates. If some driver in the future needs to add some driver-specific information I'd expect that to be in a radiotap vendor namespace and we can add a different way of passing such data up and having mac80211 include it. Additionally, rename IEEE80211_CONF_RADIOTAP to IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR since it's still used by b43(legacy) to obtain per-frame timestamps. The purpose of this patch is to simplify the RX code in mac80211 to make it easier to add paged skb support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
53623f1a |
|
15-Oct-2009 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: replace netif_tx_{start,stop,wake}_all_queues Replace netif_tx_{start,stop,wake}_all_queues with the single-queue equivalents (i.e. netif_{start,stop,wake}_queue). Since we are down to a single queue, these should peform slightly better. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0adc23f5 |
|
06-Oct-2009 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: support ETHTOOL_GPERMADDR Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
053a93dd |
|
01-Oct-2009 |
Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org> |
cfg80211: assign device type in netdev notifier callback Instead of having to modify every non-mac80211 for device type assignment, do this inside the netdev notifier callback of cfg80211. So all drivers that integrate with cfg80211 will export a proper device type. Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
384912ed |
|
31-Aug-2009 |
Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org> |
net: Add DEVTYPE support for Ethernet based devices The Ethernet framing is used for a lot of devices these days. Most prominent are WiFi and WiMAX based devices. However for userspace application it is important to classify these devices correctly and not only see them as Ethernet devices. The daemons like HAL, DeviceKit or even NetworkManager with udev support tries to do the classification in userspace with a lot trickery and extra system calls. This is not good and actually reaches its limitations. Especially since the kernel does know the type of the Ethernet device it is pretty stupid. To solve this problem the underlying device type needs to be set and then the value will be exported as DEVTYPE via uevents and available within udev. # cat /sys/class/net/wlan0/uevent DEVTYPE=wlan INTERFACE=wlan0 IFINDEX=5 This is similar to subsystems like USB and SCSI that distinguish between hosts, devices, disks, partitions etc. The new SET_NETDEV_DEVTYPE() is a convenience helper to set the actual device type. All device types are free form, but for convenience the same strings as used with RFKILL are choosen. Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
15db0b7f |
|
25-Aug-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix scan cancel on ifdown When an interface is taken down while a scan is pending -- i.e. a scan request was accepted but not yet acted upon due to other work being in progress -- we currently do not properly cancel that scan and end up getting stuck. Fix this by doing better checks when an interface is taken down. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ea77f12f |
|
21-Aug-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove tasklet enable/disable Due to the way the tasklets work in mac80211 there's no need to ever disable them. However, we need to clear the pending packets when taking down the last interface because otherwise the tx_pending_tasklet might be queued if the driver mucks with the queues (which it shouldn't). I've had a situation occasionally with ar9170 in which ksoftirq was using 100% CPU time because a disabled tasklet was scheduled, and I think that was due to ar9170 receiving a packet while the tasklet was disabled. That's strange and it really should not do that for other reasons, but there's no need to waste that much CPU time over it, it should just warn instead. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
84f6a01c |
|
20-Aug-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix configure_filter invocation after stop Since configure_filter can sleep now, any multicast configuration needed to be postponed to a work struct. This, however, lead to a problem that we could queue the work, stop the device and then afterwards invoke configure_filter which may lead to driver hangs and is a bug. To fix this, we can just cancel the filter work since it's unnecessary to do after stopping the hw. Since there are various places that call drv_stop, and two of them do very similar things, the code for them can be put into a shared function at the same time. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Reported-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org> Tested-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3ac64bee |
|
17-Aug-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: allow configure_filter callback to sleep Over time, a whole bunch of drivers have come up with their own scheme to delay the configure_filter operation to a workqueue. To be able to simplify things, allow configure_filter to sleep, and add a new prepare_multicast callback that drivers that need the multicast address list implement. This new callback must be atomic, but most drivers either don't care or just calculate a hash which can be done atomically and then uploaded to the hardware non-atomically. A cursory look suggests that at76c50x-usb, ar9170, mwl8k (which is actually very broken now), rt2x00, wl1251, wl1271 and zd1211 should make use of this new capability. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e3b90ca2 |
|
04-Aug-2009 |
Igor Perminov <igor.perminov@inbox.ru> |
mac80211: FIF_PSPOLL filter flag When an interface is configured in the AP mode, the mac80211 implementation doesn't inform the driver to receive PS Poll frames. It leads to inability to communicate with power-saving stations reliably. The FIF_CONTROL flag isn't passed by mac80211 to ieee80211_ops.configure_filter when an interface is in the AP mode. And it's ok, because we don't want to receive ACK frames and other control ones, but only PS Poll ones. This patch introduces the FIF_PSPOLL filter flag in addition to FIF_CONTROL, which means for the driver "pass PS Poll frames". This flag is passed to the driver: A) When an interface is configured in the AP mode. B) In all cases, when the FIF_CONTROL flag was passed earlier (in addition to it). Signed-off-by: Igor Perminov <igor.perminov@inbox.ru> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
42935eca |
|
29-Jul-2009 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: redefine usage of the mac80211 workqueue The mac80211 workqueue exists to enable mac80211 and drivers to queue their own work on a single threaded workqueue. mac80211 takes care to flush the workqueue during suspend but we never really had requirements on drivers for how they should use the workqueue in consideration for suspend. We extend mac80211 to document how the mac80211 workqueue should be used, how it should not be used and finally move raw access to the workqueue to mac80211 only. Drivers and mac80211 use helpers to queue work onto the mac80211 workqueue: * ieee80211_queue_work() * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work() These helpers will now warn if mac80211 already completed its suspend cycle and someone is trying to queue work. mac80211 flushes the mac80211 workqueue prior to suspend a few times, but we haven't taken the care to ensure drivers won't add more work after suspend. To help with this we add a warning when someone tries to add work and mac80211 already completed the suspend cycle. Drivers should ensure they cancel any work or delayed work in the mac80211 stop() callback. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
57c9fff3 |
|
29-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix sparse warnings/errors sparse complains about a shadowed variable, which we can just rename, and lots of stuff if the API tracer is enabled, so kick out the tracer code in a sparse run -- the macros just confuse it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
97af7432 |
|
29-Jul-2009 |
Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> |
mac80211: disable beacons before removing the associated interface When downing interfaces, it's a good idea to tell the driver to stop sending beacons; that way the driver doesn't need special code in ops->remove_interface() when it should already handle the case in bss_info_changed(). This fixes a potential crash with at least ath5k since the vif pointer will be nullified while beacon interrupts are still active. Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a9a11622 |
|
26-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: self-contained wext handling where possible Finally! This is what you've all been waiting for! This patch makes cfg80211 take care of wext emulation _completely_ by itself, drivers that don't need things cfg80211 doesn't do yet don't even need to be aware of wireless extensions. This means we can also clean up mac80211's and iwm's Kconfig and make it possible to build them w/o wext now! RIP wext. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
fbe9c429 |
|
22-Jul-2009 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: Replace {sw, hw}_scanning variables with a bitfield Use a bitfield to store the current scan mode instead of two boolean variables {sw,hw}_scanning. This patch does not introduce functional changes but allows us to enhance the scan flags later (for example for background scanning). Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a272a720 |
|
13-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: allow using network namespaces This finally opens up the ability to put mac80211 devices into different network namespaces. As long as you don't have sysfs, that is. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5061b0c2 |
|
13-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: cooperate more with network namespaces There are still two places in mac80211 that hardcode the initial net namespace (init_net). One of them is mandated by cfg80211 and will be removed by a separate patch, the other one is used for finding the network device of a pending packet via its ifindex. Remove the latter use by keeping track of the device pointer itself, via the vif pointer, and avoid it going stale by dropping pending frames for a given interface when the interface is removed. To keep track of the vif pointer for the correct interface, change the info->control.vif pointer's internal use to always be the correct vif, and only move it to the vif the driver expects (or NULL for monitor interfaces and injected packets) right before giving the packet to the driver. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3b8d81e0 |
|
17-Jun-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove master netdev With the internal 'pending' queue system in place, we can simply put packets there instead of pushing them off to the master dev, getting rid of the master interface completely. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0e2b6286 |
|
13-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: cancel the connection monitor timers/work In "mac80211: monitor the connection" I forgot to add code to cancel the new timers & work when the interface is brought down, which isn't a problem if you just bring it down, but _is_ a problem when you destroy the interface. Correct this lapse. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
77fdaa12 |
|
06-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: rework MLME for multiple authentications Sit tight. This shakes up the world as you know it. Let go of your spaghetti tongs, they will no longer be required, the horrible statemachine in net/mac80211/mlme.c is no more... With the cfg80211 SME mac80211 now has much less to keep track of, but, on the other hand, for FT it needs to be able to keep track of at least one authentication being in progress while associated. So convert from a single state machine to having small ones for all the different things we need to do. For real FT it will still need work wrt. PS, but this should be a good step. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ab1faead |
|
01-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove dead code, clean up With mac80211 now always controlled by an external SME, a lot of code is dead -- SSID, BSSID, channel selection is always done externally, etc. Additionally, rename IEEE80211_STA_TKIP_WEP_USED to IEEE80211_STA_DISABLE_11N and clean up the code a bit. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
1f87f7d3 |
|
02-Jun-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: add rfkill support To be easier on drivers and users, have cfg80211 register an rfkill structure that drivers can access. When soft-killed, simply take down all interfaces; when hard-killed the driver needs to notify us and we will take down the interfaces after the fact. While rfkilled, interfaces cannot be set UP. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
58905ca5 |
|
07-May-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix scan channel race When a software scan starts, it first sets sw_scanning, but leaves the scan_channel "unset" (it currently actually gets initialised to a default). Now, when something else tries to (re)configure the hardware in the window between these two events (after sw_scanning = true, but before scan_channel is set), the current code switches to the (unset!) scan_channel. This causes trouble, especially when switching bands and sending frames on the wrong channel. To work around this, leave scan_channel initialised to NULL and use it to determine whether or not a switch to a different channel should occur (and also use the same condition to check whether to adjust power for scan or not). Additionally, avoid reconfiguring the hardware completely when recalculating idle resulted in no changes, this was the problem that originally led us to discover the race condition in the first place, which was helpfully bisected by Pavel. This part of the patch should not be necessary with the other fixes, but not calling the ieee80211_hw_config function when we know it to be unnecessary is certainly a correct thing to do. Unfortunately, this patch cannot and does not fix the race condition completely, but due to the way the scan code is structured it makes the particular problem Pavel discovered (race while changing channel at the same time as transmitting frames) go away. To fix it completely, more work especially with locking configuration is needed. Bisected-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5cff20e6 |
|
28-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: tell driver when idle When we aren't doing anything in mac80211, we can turn off much of the hardware, depending on the driver/hw. Not doing anything, aka being idle, means: * no monitor interfaces * no AP/mesh/wds interfaces * any station interfaces are in DISABLED state * any IBSS interfaces aren't trying to be in a network * we aren't trying to scan By creating a new function that verifies these conditions and calling it at strategic points where the states of those conditions change, we can easily make mac80211 tell the driver when we are idle to save power. Additionally, this fixes a small quirk where a recalculated powersave state is passed to the driver even if the hardware is about to stopped completely. This patch intentionally doesn't touch radio_enabled because that is currently implemented to be a soft rfkill which is inappropriate here when we need to be able to wake up with low latency. One thing I'm not entirely sure about is this: phy0: device no longer idle - in use wlan0: direct probe to AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d try 1 wlan0 direct probe responded wlan0: authenticate with AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d wlan0: authenticated > phy0: device now idle > phy0: device no longer idle - in use wlan0: associate with AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d wlan0: RX AssocResp from 00:11:24:91:07:4d (capab=0x401 status=0 aid=1) wlan0: associated Is it appropriate to go into idle state for a short time when we have just authenticated, but not associated yet? This happens only with the userspace SME, because we cannot really know how long it will wait before asking us to associate. Would going idle after a short timeout be more appropriate? We may need to revisit this, depending on what happens. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
24487981 |
|
23-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
af8cdcd8 |
|
19-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: convert to cfg80211 IBSS API This converts mac80211 to the new cfg80211 IBSS API, the wext handling functions are called where appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
10f644a4 |
|
16-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: disable powersave if pm_qos asks for low latency When an application asks for a latency lower than the beacon interval there's nothing we can do -- we need to stay awake and not have the AP buffer frames for us. Add code to automatically calculate this constraint in mac80211 so drivers need not concern themselves with it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
965bedad |
|
16-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: improve powersave implementation When you have multiple virtual interfaces the current implementation requires setting them up properly from userspace, which is undesirable when we want to default to power save mode. Keep track of powersave requested from userspace per managed mode interface, and only enable powersave globally when exactly one managed mode interface is active and has powersave turned on. Second, only start the dynPS timer when PS is turned on, and properly turn it off when PS is turned off. Third, fix the scan_sdata abuse in the dynps code. Finally, also reorder the code and refactor the code that enables PS or the dynps timer instead of having it copied in two places. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
04de8381 |
|
22-Mar-2009 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: add beacon filtering support Add IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTERING flag so that driver inform that it supports beacon filtering. Drivers need to call the new function ieee80211_beacon_loss() to notify about beacon loss. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7986cf95 |
|
21-Mar-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove mixed-cell and userspace MLME code Neither can currently be set from userspace, so there's no regression potential, and neither will be supported from userspace since the new userspace APIs allow the SME, which is in userspace, to control all we need. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
65fc73ac |
|
20-Mar-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
nl80211: Remove NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE The functionality that NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE provided can now be achieved with cleaner design by adding IE(s) into NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. Since this is a very recently added command and there are no known (or known planned) applications using NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE and taken into account how much extra complexity it adds to the IE processing we have now (and need to add in the future to fix IE order in couple of frames), it looks like the best option is to just remove the implementation of this command for now. The enum values themselves are left to avoid changing the nl80211 command or attribute numbers. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d7873cb9 |
|
20-Mar-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Fix memleak in nl80211 authentication on deinit This file was forgotten from the quilt patch that added MLME primitives, so the kfree on interface removal is missing. Fix this potential memleak by freeing the temporary Authentication frame IEs from SME when the interface is being removed. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
1a28c78b |
|
10-Mar-2009 |
Herton Ronaldo Krzesinski <herton@mandriva.com.br> |
mac80211: deauth before flushing STA information Even after commit "mac80211: deauth when interface is marked down" (e327b847 on Linus tree), userspace still isn't notified when interface goes down. There isn't a problem with this commit, but because of other code changes it doesn't work on kernels >= 2.6.28 (works if same/similar change applied on 2.6.27 for example). The issue is as follows: after commit "mac80211: restructure disassoc/deauth flows" in 2.6.28, the call to ieee80211_sta_deauthenticate added by commit e327b847 will not work: because we do sta_info_flush(local, sdata) inside ieee80211_stop (iface.c), all stations in interface are cleared, so when calling ieee80211_sta_deauthenticate->ieee80211_set_disassoc (mlme.c), inside ieee80211_set_disassoc we have this in the beginning: sta = sta_info_get(local, ifsta->bssid); if (!sta) { The !sta check triggers, thus the function returns early and ieee80211_sta_send_apinfo(sdata, ifsta) later isn't called, so wpa_supplicant/userspace isn't notified with SIOCGIWAP. This commit moves deauthentication to before flushing STA info (sta_info_flush), thus the above can't happen and userspace is really notified when interface goes down. Signed-off-by: Herton Ronaldo Krzesinski <herton@mandriva.com.br> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
46900298 |
|
14-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: split IBSS/managed code This patch splits out the ibss code and data from managed (station) mode. The reason to do this is to better separate the state machines, and have the code be contained better so it gets easier to determine what exactly a given change will affect, that in turn makes it easier to understand. This is quite some churn, especially because I split sdata->u.sta into sdata->u.mgd and sdata->u.ibss, but I think it's easier to maintain that way. I've also shuffled around some code -- null function sending is only applicable to managed interfaces so put that into that file, some other functions are needed from various places so put them into util, and also rearranged the prototypes in ieee80211_i.h accordingly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
076ae609 |
|
11-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: disallow moving netns mac80211 currently assumes init_net for all interfaces, so really will not cope well with network namespaces, at least at this time. To change this, we would have keep track of the netns in addition to the ifindex, which is not something I want to think about right now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2a519311 |
|
10-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211/nl80211: scanning (and mac80211 update to use it) This patch adds basic scan capability to cfg80211/nl80211 and changes mac80211 to use it. The BSS list that cfg80211 maintains is made driver-accessible with a private area in each BSS struct, but mac80211 doesn't yet use it. That's another large project. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2dace10e |
|
10-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up BA session teardown The sta_info pointer can very well be passed to ieee80211_sta_tear_down_BA_sessions, this will later allow us to pass it through even further. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
587e729e |
|
30-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: convert to net_device_ops Convert to new net_device_ops in 2.6.28 and later. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c771c9d8 |
|
23-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: add interface list lock Using only the RTNL has a number of problems, most notably that ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces() and other interface list traversals cannot be done from the internal workqueue because it needs to be flushed under the RTNL. This patch introduces a new mutex that protects the interface list against modifications. A more detailed explanation is part of the code change. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9aed3cc1 |
|
13-Jan-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
nl80211: New command for adding extra IE(s) into management frames A new nl80211 command, NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE, can be used to add arbitrary IE data into the end of management frames. The interface allows extra IEs to be configured for each management frame subtype, but only some of them (ProbeReq, ProbeResp, Auth, (Re)AssocReq, Deauth, Disassoc) are currently accepted in mac80211 implementation. This makes it easier to implement IEEE 802.11 extensions like WPS and FT that add IE(s) into some management frames. In addition, this can be useful for testing and experimentation purposes. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c481ec97 |
|
05-Jan-2009 |
Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Add 802.11h CSA support Move to the advertised channel on reception of a CSA element. This is needed for 802.11h compliance. Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7cbf0ba5 |
|
24-Dec-2008 |
Vivek Natarajan <vivek.natraj@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Cancel the power save timer in ieee80211_stop. Since the station info is flushed before calling set_disassoc in ieee80211_stop, the power save timer is never cancelled when the driver is unloaded. Hence the timer cancellation has to be done in ieee80211_stop itself. Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
eb46936b |
|
23-Dec-2008 |
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Scale down to non-HT association with TKIP/WEP as pairwise cipher As TKIP is not updated to new security needs which arise when TKIP is used to encrypt A-MPDU aggregated data frames, IEEE802.11n does not allow any cipher other than CCMP (Which has new extensions defined) as pairwise cipher between HT peers. When such configuration (TKIP/WEP in HT) is forced, we still associate in non-HT mode (11a/b/g). Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
dcebf45c |
|
22-Dec-2008 |
Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org> |
mac80211: allow mode change if IBSS is not allowed Changing mode on an interface is not allowed if IBSS is disabled for the current channel. That restriction should only apply when switching to the ad-hoc mode, as it was prior to "cfg80211: handle SIOCGIWMODE/SIOCSIWMODE". Signed-off-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e60c7744 |
|
26-Nov-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: handle SIOCGIWMODE/SIOCSIWMODE further reducing wext code in mac80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e327b847 |
|
01-Dec-2008 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: deauth when interface is marked down It seems like proper etiquette to let other stations know when we are going down in either STA or IBSS mode. This also notifies userland, so wpa_supplicant doesn't get confused. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a3c9aa51 |
|
31-Oct-2008 |
Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: disable BSSID filtering for mesh interfaces Mesh interfaces are currently opened with the FIF_ALLMULTI rx filter flag set, however there is no BSSID in mesh so BSSID filtering should be disabled by setting the FIF_OTHER_BSS flag as well. Also explicitly call ieee80211_configure_filter for mesh. Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozbit.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
bda3933a |
|
10-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move bss_conf into vif Move bss_conf into the vif struct so that drivers can access it during ->tx without having to store it in the private data or similar. No driver updates because this is only for when they want to start using it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e8975581 |
|
08-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: introduce hw config change flags This makes mac80211 notify the driver which configuration actually changed, e.g. channel etc. No driver changes, this is just plumbing, driver authors are expected to act on this if they want to. Also remove the HW CONFIG debug printk, it's incorrect, often we configure something else. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b4a4bf5d |
|
26-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fixups for "make master iface not wireless" In "mac80211: make master iface not wireless" I accidentally forgot to include these changes ... leading to the expected BUG_ON errors. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
60719ffd |
|
16-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: show interface type This patch makes cfg80211 show the interface in the nl80211 information about a specific interface. API users are required to keep the type updated (everything else is fairly complicated) but you will get a warning if you fail to keep it updated. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e16ce63c |
|
12-Sep-2008 |
Abhijeet Kolekar <abhijeet.kolekar@intel.com> |
mac80211 : Fix mode change hard_start_xmit function When monitor mode is changed to BSS or IBSS, data trasnfer can not happen because proper transmit function is not assigend for BSS ,IBSS mode. This patch fixes this problem by assigning the ieee80211_subif_start_xmit to device's hard_start_xmit function. Signed-off-by: Abhijeet Kolekar <abhijeet.kolekar@intel.com> Acked-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
17741cdc |
|
10-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: share STA information with driver This patch changes mac80211 to share some more data about stations with drivers. Should help iwlwifi and ath9k when they get around to updating, and might also help with implementing rate control algorithms without internals. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0d143fe1 |
|
10-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move regular interface handling Move the code to handle regular interfaces out of main.c and into iface.c, keep only the master interface stuff in main.c. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
05c914fe |
|
10-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: use nl80211 interface types There's really no reason for mac80211 to be using its own interface type defines. Use the nl80211 types and simplify the configuration code a bit: there's no need to translate them any more now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
96dd22ac |
|
10-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: inform driver of basic rateset Drivers need to know the basic rateset to be able to configure the ACK/CTS programming in hardware correctly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9c6bd790 |
|
10-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: reorder MLME code more This way all the utility functions are at the top, then the state machine and externally callable functions are moved to the bottom. Also clean up ieee80211_i.h a bit and add a few comments about which functions are called from where. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
472dbc45 |
|
10-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: split off mesh handling entirely This patch splits off mesh handling from the STA/IBSS. Unfortunately it increases mesh code size a bit, but I think it makes things clearer. The patch also reduces per-interface run-time memory usage. Also clean up a few places where ifdef is not required. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
aee14ceb |
|
09-Sep-2008 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: Reorder debugfs calls during netdev deinit ieee80211_free_keys() must be called before ieee80211_debugfs_remove_netdev() in order to make sure that the possible default_key symlink is removed before attempting to remove the netdev debugfs directory. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f698d856 |
|
02-Aug-2008 |
Jasper Bryant-Greene <jasper@amiton.co.nz> |
replace net_device arguments with ieee80211_{local,sub_if_data} as appropriate This patch replaces net_device arguments to mac80211 internal functions with ieee80211_{local,sub_if_data} as appropriate. It also does the same for many 802.11s mesh functions, and changes the mesh path table to be indexed on sub_if_data rather than net_device. If the mesh part needs to be a separate patch let me know, but since mesh uses a lot of mac80211 functions which were being converted anyway, the changes go hand-in-hand somewhat. This patch probably does not convert all the functions which could be converted, but it is a large chunk and followup patches will be provided. Signed-off-by: Jasper Bryant-Greene <jasper@amiton.co.nz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f591fa5d |
|
10-Jul-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix TX sequence numbers This patch makes mac80211 assign proper sequence numbers to QoS-data frames. It also removes the old sequence number code because we noticed that only the driver or hardware can assign sequence numbers to non-QoS-data and especially management frames in a race-free manner because beacons aren't passed through mac80211's TX path. This patch also adds temporary code to the rt2x00 drivers to not break them completely, that code will have to be reworked for proper sequence numbers on beacons. It also moves sequence number assignment down in the TX path so no sequence numbers are assigned to frames that are dropped. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f3947e2d |
|
09-Jul-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: push interface checks down This patch pushes the "netif_running()" and "same type as before" checks down into ieee80211_if_change_type() to centralise the logic instead of duplicating it for cfg80211 and wext. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
75636525 |
|
09-Jul-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: revamp virtual interface handling This patch revamps the virtual interface handling and makes the code much easier to follow. Fewer functions, better names, less spaghetti code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3e122be0 |
|
09-Jul-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make master netdev handling sane Currently, almost every interface type has a 'bss' pointer pointing to BSS information. This BSS information, however, is for a _local_ BSS, not for the BSS we joined, so having it on a STA mode interface makes little sense, but now they have it pointing to the master device, which is an AP mode virtual interface. However, except for some bitrate control data, this pointer is only used in AP/VLAN modes (for power saving stations.) Overall, it is not necessary to even have the master netdev be a valid virtual interface, and it doesn't have to be on the list of interfaces either. This patch changes the master netdev to be special, it now - no longer is on the list of virtual interfaces, which lets me remove a lot of tests for that - no longer has sub_if_data attached, since that isn't used Additionally, this patch changes some vlan/ap mode handling that is related to these 'bss' pointers described above (but in the VLAN case they actually make sense because there they point to the AP they belong to); it also adds some debugging code to IEEE80211_DEV_TO_SUB_IF to validate it is not called on the master netdev any more. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f4ea83dd |
|
30-Jun-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: rework debug settings and make debugging safer This patch reworks the mac80211 debug settings making them more focused and adding help text for those that didn't have one. It also removes a number of printks that can be triggered remotely and add no value, e.g. "too short deauthentication frame received - ignoring". If somebody really needs to debug that they should just add a monitor interface and look at the frames in wireshark. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e2530083 |
|
16-May-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: use multi-queue master netdevice This patch updates mac80211 and drivers to be multi-queue aware and use that instead of the internal queue mapping. Also does a number of cleanups in various pieces of the code that fall out and reduces internal mac80211 state size. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3434fbd3 |
|
02-May-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: require four hardware queues for QoS/HT This patch makes mac80211 only announce QoS/HT support when the underlying hardware has four (or more) queues. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Ron Rindjunksi <ron.rindjunksi@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f3994ece |
|
12-May-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: assign needed_headroom/tailroom for netdevs This assigns the netdev's needed_headroom/tailroom members to take advantage of pre-allocated space for 802.11 headers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
988c0f72 |
|
17-Apr-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: a few code cleanups This has some code cleanups (some inspired by checkpatch), I got bored at probably a third of the output though so if somebody else wants to... Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2c8dccc7 |
|
08-Apr-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: rename files This patch renames all mac80211 files (except ieee80211_i.h) to get rid of the useless ieee80211_ prefix. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|